/usr/share/fotoxx/data/userguide-en.html is in fotoxx-common 14.10.2-1.
This file is owned by root:root, with mode 0o644.
The actual contents of the file can be viewed below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 6826 6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 7037 7038 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 7083 7084 7085 7086 7087 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 7139 7140 7141 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 7166 7167 7168 7169 7170 7171 7172 7173 7174 7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 7232 7233 7234 7235 7236 7237 7238 7239 7240 7241 7242 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 7475 7476 7477 7478 7479 7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 7487 7488 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 7514 7515 7516 7517 7518 7519 7520 7521 7522 7523 7524 7525 7526 7527 7528 7529 7530 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7537 7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 7545 7546 7547 7548 7549 7550 7551 7552 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 7590 7591 7592 7593 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 7621 7622 7623 7624 7625 7626 7627 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 7679 7680 7681 7682 7683 7684 7685 7686 7687 7688 7689 7690 7691 7692 7693 7694 7695 7696 7697 7698 7699 7700 7701 7702 7703 7704 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 7988 7989 7990 7991 7992 7993 7994 7995 7996 7997 7998 7999 8000 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 8127 8128 8129 8130 8131 8132 8133 8134 8135 8136 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 8153 8154 8155 8156 8157 8158 8159 8160 8161 8162 8163 8164 8165 8166 8167 8168 8169 8170 8171 8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 8179 8180 8181 8182 8183 8184 8185 8186 8187 8188 8189 8190 8191 8192 8193 8194 8195 8196 8197 8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 8211 8212 8213 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 8230 8231 8232 8233 8234 8235 8236 8237 8238 8239 8240 8241 8242 8243 8244 8245 8246 8247 8248 8249 8250 8251 8252 8253 8254 8255 8256 8257 8258 8259 8260 8261 8262 8263 8264 8265 8266 8267 8268 8269 8270 8271 8272 8273 8274 8275 8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282 8283 8284 8285 8286 8287 8288 8289 8290 8291 8292 8293 8294 8295 8296 8297 8298 8299 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 8305 8306 8307 8308 8309 8310 8311 8312 8313 8314 8315 8316 8317 8318 8319 8320 8321 8322 8323 8324 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 8366 8367 8368 8369 8370 8371 8372 8373 8374 8375 8376 8377 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 8425 8426 8427 8428 8429 8430 8431 8432 8433 8434 8435 8436 8437 8438 8439 8440 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489 8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 8523 8524 8525 8526 8527 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535 8536 8537 8538 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546 8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<html><head>
<meta content="text/html; charset=windows-1252" http-equiv="content-type"><title>Fotoxx User Guide</title></head><body style="background-color: white;">
<big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx
User
Guide v.14.10</span></big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> For experienced users,
skip to the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#menus">Table
of
Contents</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Review the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#changes">recent changes</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
to this guide.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Summary
Description</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx is a Linux application for
editing photos and managing an image collection. <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Goal:</span> meet the needs of serious
photographers while
remaining fast and easy to use. <br>
W<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>ork
done in Fotoxx can be shared with other photo applications <span style="font-weight: bold;">(no
lock-in)</span>. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx
Capabilities </span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Thumbnail browser /
navigator with
variable size thumbnails and list view.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Camera RAW file conversion
with
retention of 16 bits per color.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Internal processing in 24
bits per
color (float), image file output in 8 or 16 bits.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� A
comprehensive set of image edit, retouch and repair functions: </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� brightness,
color, contrast, tone mapping, trim, resize, rotate, de-noise, paint,
clone ...</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� add
text,
warp,
HDR, panorama, montage, art effects, metadata edit and report ...</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Edit / copy / paste
selected image
objects or areas, without using layers.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Rapid visual feedback
using the full
image or selected zoom-in area.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Batch tools for renaming,
resizing,
converting, adding and revising metadata.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Search images
using any metadata, directory / file names or substrings.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Geotag mapping and
reporting by location or by clicking on a
world map.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Named collections of
images
(also called "views").</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Comprehensive user guide
and
help popups.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><br>
Hardware
Requirements</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx works best on
a strong computer (2+ GHz, 4+ GB memory). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Multiple CPU
cores are utilized for compute
intensive functions (e.g. image warp).
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
Weak computers will generally
work, but may
be quite slow for some functions.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Monitors smaller than about
1600x1000 may feel confining.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
Monitors used for photo editing require good color accuracy. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Software
Requirements</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Most recent releases of Linux will
work (Debian, Ubuntu, Fedora ...).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx packages are built using
Ubuntu.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">License
and
Warranty</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> Fotoxx is licensed under the GNU
General Public License v3. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx is not warranted for any
purpose, but if you find a bug, I will
try to fix it. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="website"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Origin
and
Contact</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx originates from the author's
web site: </span><small><span style="font-family: monospace;"></span></small><big><big style="font-family: monospace;"><small><span style="text-decoration: underline;"></span><a href="http://kornelix.com/fotoxx">kornelix.com/fotoxx</a></small>.
</big></big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If you have questions, suggestions,
or a bug to report, you may </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://kornelix.com/contact/">contact
me</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Program Updates </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To be automatically informed of new
releases, subscribe to </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/recent_changes.html" target="_blank">recent
changes</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> (RSS).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Latest <span style="font-weight: bold;">source
code</span> for use
with $ make install: </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/tarballs.html">tarballs</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Latest <span style="font-weight: bold;">installable
packages</span>:
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/packages.html">packages</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx packages are also
available
from many web sites and Linux
distros. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Some of these are not updated
regularly and may be quite old. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">It is better to use the above
links. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="getting_started"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Getting
Started
</span></big> <br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Quick
Start</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a 1-page document shown
when Fotoxx is started the first time. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">It is also available via the
menu Help > Quick Start. </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="quickstart-en.html" target="_self">quickstart-en.html</a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx is easy to use but
unconventional. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Read the first
few
pages of this guide</span> - up to
the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#menus">table of
contents</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> below.
The rest can be used for reference as needed. Use
the <span style="font-weight: bold;">F1</span> key at any time to view
information for the current or last-used menu function. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When you see the word <span style="font-weight: bold;">directory</span>,
substitute <span style="font-weight: bold;">folder</span> if this is
your way of thinking. The terms <span style="font-weight: bold;">file</span>
and <span style="font-weight: bold;">image</span> and <span style="font-weight: bold;">image
file</span> mean a single file of
type JPEG, PNG, TIFF, etc.
containing
a single image (photo or illustration). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Installation </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To install Fotoxx, try the
appropriate package first: </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/packages.html" target="_blank">packages</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. This
may work with one click. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If not, you must install from
source
code. Instructions are here: </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/tarballs.html" target="_blank">tarball</a><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/tarballs.html" target="_blank">s</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="initialization"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Initialization </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx needs to know where all your
image files are located (directory
and file names) and their imbedded metadata (dates, tags (keywords),
geotags,
captions, comments, ratings). This data is indexed for fast
searching. Fotoxx also creates thumbnail images on disk, so that the
gallery windows (thumbnail pages) will work fast. Fotoxx does not
modify or copy your image files - it only reads them to get data for
the
search index and thumbnails. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When Fotoxx starts the first time,
you are asked to supply a few key
items of information for the initial file indexing process:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 366px; height: 293px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/index.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Top
image Directories</span> are those
containing your image
files, e.g.</span> <span style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/Pictures</span> <span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span>or similar. Subdirectories
underneath your top directories are automatically included, to any
depth. Use the [browse]
button to
locate and add your top image directories, one or more. Other
files may be mixed with your image
files.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Thumbnails
</span>is the directory where thumbnail files will be
placed. These are generally 1% as large as typical photo files
(10K bytes compared to megabytes). You can use the supplied default or
set another location. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If you have many thousands of
images, the file index function may need
significant time. A strong computer will process 1500+ images per
minute. Some computers will be much slower. When you start Fotoxx after
new image files have been added to your collection, the Index Files
function starts automatically to process the new images. This normally
needs a few seconds unless there are hundreds of new images. For more
details, see </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#index_files">Index
Image Files</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="navigation"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Navigation<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use the following three
buttons to switch among the three available viewing modes:</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><img style="width: 31px; height: 93px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/navi-buttons.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><small style="font-family: sans-serif;"><small>
<br>
</small></small>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 651px; height: 91px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Image view: the current image
fills the entire window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Gallery view: current
thumbnail gallery (directory or other image
grouping).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">World Map view: images with
geotags are dots on the map, which can be clicked. <br>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Essential
Information</span> for those who hate big user manuals (you
and me):</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Menu functions and dialogs
have popup help activated by
keyboard F1. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Zoom an
image in / out with left / right mouse buttons or mouse wheel.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Pan and
scroll a zoomed image with mouse left-drag.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Gallery button: view a thumbnail gallery
of images in the current directory.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Click
a
gallery thumbnail: show the clicked image at full window size.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Use the menus to edit the
image and perform utility functions. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� The
window title bar shows the current image file and directory path.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� The status bar above the image shows
image and edit status information. </span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This <span style="font-weight: bold;">User
Guide</span> is available
in the menu Help > User Guide. This appears in your web browser. The
<span style="font-weight: bold;">F1
key</span> will show a help topic for the current menu or dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><br>
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="views"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Window Views and
Menus</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 739px; height: 709px;" alt="" src="images/fotoxx-views.jpg"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><a name="top_menus"></a><br>
Image View<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The
current image file is shown, filling the entire window. <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>Click
the
<span style="font-weight: bold;">arrow button</span> to move to
the previous or next image in the gallery.
Other buttons in this view show popup menus which are used to modify
the image or
perform utility functions.
<br>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span>
<img src="images/F-menu.jpg" alt="" style="width: 109px; height: 589px; font-family: sans-serif;" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="0"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 573px; height: 582px;" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="white-space: nowrap;"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">change
to gallery view</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
change to world map view</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
custom favorites popup menu</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
sync, open, save, rename, print, trash ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
index, settings, batch functions, collections ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
tags, captions, geotags, search functions</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
select areas for separate edit, copy, paste</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
trim, rotate, resize, brightness, contrast, text ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
sharpen, denoise, red eyes, color, paint, clone ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
fix perspective, warp, flatten book page ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
artistic effects, conversions ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
HDR, HDF, stack, panorama, mashup ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
use other edit apps within Fotoxx</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
user guide, change log, translations ...</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
left / right mouse click: undo / redo one edit step (*)</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="white-space: nowrap;"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
left / right mouse click: move to previous / next gallery image</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
save (replace), save new version, save new file name</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">(*) When combined with the 'A'
key, undo / redo becomes undo all / redo
all. This is a convenient way to compare the original image with the
version being edited. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mouse Actions
for
Image View</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To <span style="font-weight: bold;">zoom</span>
the image in the main
window, left-click a position on the
image. The image will grow with each click and the clicked position
will move to the center. A right-click will restore the image to fit
within the window. To <span style="font-weight: bold;">pan</span> or <span style="font-weight: bold;">scroll</span>
a zoomed image, left-drag the mouse across
the image. This works like invisible scroll bars: the image moves in
the opposite direction of the mouse. Diagonal scrolls work. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">mouse
wheel</span> may also be used to zoom the image in or out. The middle
mouse
button (wheel) will make a zoomed image re-center at the mouse
position. In the menu Tools > User Settings, you can change the
mouse pan / scroll mode to make the image move with the mouse instead
of
in the opposite direction.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Gallery View<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A</span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;"></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">ll image files
in the current
directory are shown as thumbnails. Use this
window to scroll around and select image files by
clicking thumbnails. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">arrow buttons</span>
allow scrolling forward or back by rows or pages. Use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">zoom
buttons </span>to change the
thumbnail
size and the number of thumbnails fitting in the window. Clicking on a
thumbnail will change to the full image view. Pressing the gallery
button will
show the
gallery, with the current image scrolled to the top row. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">directory
path</span> is shown at
the top
of the gallery window. Click on one of the higher level directories to
go to that directory. Its subdirectories will be shown as folders.
Click on one of them to go to that directory. Click the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Top]
button</span> to choose another top
image directory (if more than one), the root directory ( / ) your home
directory (/home/<user>),
a gallery of the most recently
viewed
images, or a gallery of the newest images added to the image database.<br>
<br>
</span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;"><img style="width: 108px; height: 559px;" alt="" src="images/G-menu.jpg" align="left" hspace="5"></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 501px; height: 548px;" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">change
to image view</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
change to world map view</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
set gallery to the directory of the current image file</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
open another directory for a new image gallery</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
open a list of bookmarks, select one and go there</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
use larger thumbnails</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
use smaller thumbnails or no thumbnails (show file names only)<br>
</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
sort gallery list by file name or date, ascending or descending</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
go to the top of the gallery (the first image files)</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
go to the last page in the gallery</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
go up (back) one page</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
do down (forward) one page</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
go up one row</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
go down one row </span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
scroll gallery window in slow motion</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
batch and combine functions (convenience duplicates)</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There are several types of
galleries:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Directory: all the image
files in a
single directory (folder)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Search results: images
found by
the search function, in various directories</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Images in a named
collection, which
may be in various directories</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Recent Files: the most
recently
viewed or edited images</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Newest Files: the images
most
recently added to the image
database</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The gallery title bar will
show the directory name (path), the collection name, or "Search
Results" or "Recent Files" or "Newest Files". All galleries work
the
same way: use
the navigation buttons to move around within the gallery.
Click a thumbnail to switch to image view, where you can edit the image
if wanted. Press the gallery button to
go back to
the gallery view,
which is positioned to show the current image in the top row. <br>
<br>
A gallery thumbnail has a right-click menu with some commonly used
functions. These include <span style="font-weight: bold;">Popup Image</span>
and <span style="font-weight: bold;">Popup Image (add)</span>. These
create a popup window with a larger image, which can be dragged outward
to any size. If Popup Image is selected from another thumbnail, the
popup image is replaced. If the (add) variant is chosen, a new popup
window is created. Many windows can be open at once. This is especially
useful for reviewing multiple photos to decide which ones to keep or
discard. The popup images can be conveniently zoomed in and out using
the mouse wheel. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If the current gallery is not a
directory gallery (e.g. Recent Files),
you can navigate to a directory by using the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Top]</span>
button, the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Open]</span>
button, or the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Sync.G]</span>
button. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Sync.G]
button</span>
replaces the current gallery (e.g. Recent Files) with the directory of
the current image file. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Sort]</span>
button is used to
sort the thumbnails by file name, file modification date, or photo date
(from EXIF data). The displayed date is photo date unless the sort is
by file date. Ascending or descending order can be chosen.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">World Map View</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
This is a large world map image. Initially, the entire map fits in the
window. A left click on any area will expand that area to full size,
and a right click will return to the entire map view. The mouse wheel
also works. Red dots are shown where there
are images with a corresponding geotag location (geotags from a
camera GPS receiver or entered manually into the
image EXIF data). The red dots can be clicked to show a gallery view of
the corresponding images. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mouse Ownership</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Some dialogs use the mouse to
reference or alter the image in the main
window. There may be more than one such dialog active at the same time.
The mouse is also used to zoom and scroll the image, and you may need
to do this while using a dialog. Therefore it is important to
understand who owns the mouse (which dialog or main window) and how to
change the ownership: </span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>The mouse is owned by the
dialog that was last clicked or used. Mouse clicks and drags on the
image are inputs to this dialog and DO NOT zoom or scroll the
image. </li>
<li>If you hold the <span style="font-weight: bold;">CTRL key</span>
down while
clicking or dragging the mouse, the image will zoom or
pan / scroll, and active dialogs are not affected. </li>
<li> The mouse wheel can always
be used for zooming and re-centering the image.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
Dialog buttons</span> mostly work as follows:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> [Proceed] -
proceed with lengthy task based on
dialog inputs.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> [Apply] - apply
settings from dialog to image, leave
dialog active.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> [Done] - same as
[Apply], but the dialog is closed.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> [Cancel] -
discard image changes and close the
dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="general_editing"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">General
Editing
Procedures</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The image in the main window (the
current image) can be operated on
with the edit functions (the menus Edit, Repair, Color, Bend,
Effects,
Combine). These functions modify the current image in memory. You can
use these functions in any order, and the changes are accumulated for
the current image and shown in the main window. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[undo
/</span><span style="font-weight: bold;"> redo]</span> button can be
used to
review the before / after results for the
current active edit function. Use a left / right mouse click for undo /
redo respectively. After an
edit function is closed, this
button can be used to review all the edits
done to the current image. When finished editing an image, use <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Save]</span>
to save the modified image back to the same file,
save to a new file version (filename.v01.jpg), or input a new file name
and / or location. Many image edit dialogs have sliders, spin buttons,
or
editable curves that immediately update the image in the main window.
The reaction time depends on the size of the image, the complexity of
the function and the speed of your computer. This is typically
less than second for most edit functions done with a strong computer.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Edit Workflow</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can minimize the time needed to
process many images if you understand the following: </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>Choosing a new edit function
will automatically complete
a prior active edit.<br>
The new edit starts with the end result of the prior edit, and an
undo / redo position is created.<br>
</li>
<li>Opening a new image file
during an edit function will automatically cancel the edit.<br>
The edit function is restarted with the new image.</li>
<li>The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Save]</span>
button
can be used during an active edit to save the current image status.<br>
The edit function restarts automatically, and an undo / redo position
is
created. <br>
</li>
<li>Some frequently used functions have a <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Prev]</span>
button
which recalls previous settings, <br>
making it easier to process multiple
photos needing the same or similar adjustments. <br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Example: you can perform the
initial trim and rotate for a batch of new
images as
follows:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 1.
Open the first image and start the
Edit > Trim / Rotate
function.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
2. If needed, adjust the trim
rectangle
and / or angle, press [Save].</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
3. Press [Next]. Repeat from step
2. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="simple_workflow"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Simple Workflow </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Most of the time you can just edit
the JPEG file that comes out of the
camera. Use the following more complex procedure only if you see "color
bands" or "posterization" after editing the image, an indication that
JPEG 8-bit color is limiting the image quality. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="complex_workflow"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Complex Workflow
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To edit with deep color (more than
8 bits), you can start with <span style="font-weight: bold;">RAW files</span>
from your camera. There
are
three options for processing RAW files:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>Open a RAW file directly
with Fotoxx:
use the [Open] button or
click the gallery thumbnail. The RAW file may now be edited normally.
You must save the edited file as type TIFF or PNG with 8 or 16 bit
color, or JPEG with 8 bit color. You cannot save the file as a RAW file
type. Opening a RAW file may need several seconds, especially on a weak
computer, and saving a RAW file as TIFF or PNG may also need several
seconds (slower than JPEG). <br>
</li>
<li>Open the RAW file with one of the File > Open RAW menus, or
right-click the gallery thumbnail and use one of the popup menus. These
are interfaces to specialized RAW editors (currently UFraw and Raw
Therapee). Saving
the
file creates a TIFF-16 file in
Fotoxx which may be further processed.<br>
</li>
<li>Use one of the Tools >
Batch RAW menus. You can select many RAW files and convert all
of them to type TIFF or
PNG with 8 or 16 bit color, or JPEG with 8 bit color.
You may then select and edit these files with Fotoxx. </li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
RAW files</span> have typically 10-12
bit color depth and noise beyond that. Conversion into a PNG or TIFF
file with 16 bit color will preserve the additional color depth
available in the RAW file. The high color depth reduces the risk of
visible "color bands" when retouch functions are used to radically
shift
the brightness distribution. When finished editing, convert the final
file to JPEG (quality level 70 or greater) to reduce the file size to
10% or less. Note that editing in deep color is more important than
having deep color in the final image. You will rarely be able to see
any
difference between a 16 bit TIFF / PNG file and a JPEG made from that
same file. To preserve the possibility of re-editing the image later,
keep the RAW file, which is much smaller than the TIFF or PNG file. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="curve_editing"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Curve Editing</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 262px; height: 415px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/retouch-combo.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
Some
image edit functions use editable curves. You can manipulate the curves
to change some property of the image depending
on some other property. The example here shows a brightness curve,
whereby
you can change brightness depending on brightness (e.g. brighten dark
image areas without changing bright areas). Generally, the X-axis of
the curve
represents the input property (brightness in this example) and the
Y-axis the output property (also brightness). The curves can be moved
(pulled) with the mouse. "Up" increases the effect and "down" decreases
the effect. An anchor point (black dot) is added to the curve wherever
it is pulled, and this point remains fixed for subsequent pulls: the
curve will continue to go through this point as other parts of the
curve are pulled. Anchor points can also be dragged. Delete an anchor
point by right-clicking it. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_editing"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><br>
Batch Editing </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There are some batch functions in
the Tools menu to speed some common
tasks. You can select a number of image files and apply a batch
function to all of them. <br>
<br>
Batch functions can be used for the following tasks:<br>
� Rename files (using a base
name and sequence number)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Convert file types (e.g. png
to jpeg)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Resize files (e.g. reduce for
web upload or e-mail)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Copy or
move files to another location</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Convert RAW files to tiff,
png, or jpeg</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Add / change / remove tags or
geotags</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Here is an example workflow for the
initial rotate and trim (crop) of a
new batch
of images:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
1. Copy the
files from the camera memory card to a directory.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 2. Open
the
first file.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 3. Menu
>
Image > Trim / Rotate.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 4. Turn
the image if it needs leveling (drag the right edge).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 5. Trim
the
image by dragging the trim borders to suit.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 6. Press
[Save] and choose "overwrite" or "new version" or "new file".</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> 7. Press
[Next] to start the next file. Press [Next] again to skip if wanted. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
8. Repeat steps 4-7 for each image. The Trim / Rotate
function
remains open.
</span>
<ol style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</ol>
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="collections_intro"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Managing
Image
Collections</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can use Fotoxx to manage a huge
image collection and still be able
to quickly find the images you want. Some effort by the user to
organize the images is required. Search methods include directory and
file names, image dates, image ratings, tags (labels for persons,
places, objects, events ...), captions and comments, and geotags
(location names and latitude / longitude). This is done in a
standards-compliant manner so that data can be shared with other image
edit applications. Options for how to organize a large image collection
can be found </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#organizing_images">here</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="gallery_selection"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Selecting
Images
from an Image Gallery Window</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This procedure is used for all
functions that operate on multiple
image files (batch add or delete tags, batch convert images, batch RAW
convert, manage
collections, others). It is explained once here, and this
topic is linked from each of the functions using this procedure.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<img style="width: 659px; height: 432px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/gallery-select.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> The dialog box is used to select
image files. Behind it is a gallery window for the current directory,
collection, or search results. To select an image, click its thumbnail
and the image file will be added to the list in the dialog. Other
options are shown below. You can navigate the gallery window to other
directories by clicking on the directory names at the top or clicking
on thumbnails represending subdirectories. You can choose
images from any gallery in any order. The list of image files can also
be manipulated to change the sequence or remove images added by
mistake. Click on a file in the list to show its thumbnail in the
dialog and also set the current list position. The next image file
added will be inserted at this position. If the [delete] button is
pressed, the current list position will be deleted, and if the [insert]
button is pressed, the last deleted image file will be inserted at the
current position. The last 100 images deleted are saved and can be
re-inserted anywhere: each use of the [insert] button removes one image
from the saved list and inserts it at the current position. To move
images to a new position in the list: click the image file (its
thumbnail will be shown), click [delete]. Repeat to delete more images.
Click an image file to set the insert position, then click [insert].
The first deleted image will be inserted before the selected image.
Repeat to insert more images from the deleted list. The file list in
the dialog can also
be edited directly: you can use cut and paste to get the sequence you
wish, but be careful to always cut and paste entire lines (files). The
[add_all] button will add all the image files in the current image
gallery. After using Search Images to establish a set of images, the
gallery window will contain this set. You can select individual images
from the gallery, or use [add all] and then delete unwanted images. A
single image may also be added multiple times to the list.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Thumbnail click
rules:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>left click: add the image
at the
current list
position.</li>
<li>right click: remove the
image from the
list, if present.</li>
<li>Shift + left click: add all images from
the last image added to the clicked image.<br>
Ascending and descending order will both
work.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="shortcuts"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Menu
Shortcuts</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The Fotoxx menus are large. You may
need time to get used to them and
remember where the functions are located. There are three shortcut
methods available for frequently used functions:<br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>Right-click the main
window or
gallery window thumbnail. <br>
A popup menu appears with some commonly used menu functions.<big> <br>
</big></li>
<li><a href="userguide-en.html#KB_shortcuts">Keyboard
shortcuts</a> -
these are
documented in a table below. <br>
You can also add your own shortcuts for menu functions you choose.<big>
<br>
</big></li>
<li><a href="userguide-en.html#favorites">Favorites
menu</a> - a graphic popup menu. You can add text and / or icons that
link to any menu functions you choose. You can arrange them
in a layout window. You can leave this window open and access its
functions with mouse clicks.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="menus"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Table
of
Contents - Menu
Functions</span></big>
<table style="width: 764px; height: 2828px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#favorites">Favorites</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">User-designed
graphic menu for quick access to frequent functions<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="width: 180px; font-weight: bold;"><small>File
Menu</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">File
Management </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#sync">Sync
Gallery</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Replace thumbnail gallery
from the directory of the current image file<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#clone">New
Window</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Clone
Fotoxx and open a new
window slightly offset from the old one </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#open_image_file">Open
Image
File</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">File
open dialog - open an image
file to view or edit </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#open_previous_file">Open
Previous File</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Go
back to the last image file
opened </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#recent_images">Recently
Seen
Images</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Gallery
of the most recent image
files viewed or edited </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#new_images">Newest
Images</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Gallery
of the most recently added new image files<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#open_raw">Open
RAW File</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Open
a camera RAW file and edit
with UFraw or Raw Therapee<br>
</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#save_file">Save
to
Disk</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Save
modified image to disk file </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#rename">Rename
Image File</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Rename
image files, optionally
add sequence numbers<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#create_blank_image">New
Blank Image</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Create
a new blank image file </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#trash">Trash
Image File</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Move the current
image file into the trash folder<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#delete_image">Delete
Image File</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Delete the current image
file forever<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#print">Print
Image File</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Select
printer / paper format /
orientation and print image<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Quit
Fotoxx </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Exit
from Fotoxx. </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Tools
Menu </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Utilities
and setup functions. </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#index_files">Index
Image
Files</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Rebuild
the image search index
and refresh thumbnails<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#user_settings">User
Settings</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">A
collection of user preferences
and settings<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#KB_shortcuts">Keyboard
Shortcuts</a> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Assign
keyboard shortcut keys to
menu functions </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#manage_collections">Manage
Collections</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Make
named image collections,
arrange the sequence, etc.<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#slide_show">Slide
Show</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Show
a series of images full
screen (no menu)<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#batch_convert">Batch
Convert
</a><br> </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Rename
/ convert
/ resize / move /
upright images<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#batch_upright">Batch
Upright</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Upright images that are
rotated 90�</small><small> (camera turned)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#batch_raw">Batch
RAW</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Convert
RAW image files to jpeg,
png, or tiff<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#show_brdist">Brightness
Distribution</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Show
brightness distribution
graph of current image<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#grid_lines">Grid
Lines</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
or remove grid lines for
image alignment (warp, rotate)<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#line_color">Line
Color</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Set color for overlay
lines (trim rectangle, select area outlines ...)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#show_RGB">Show
RGB</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Show
RGB values at current mouse position and prior clicked positions<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#darkbrite">Dark
/
Bright
Pixels</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Highlight
the darkest
and / or brightest pixels, with adjustable thresholds<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#find_dups">Find
Duplicate
Images</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Search all image files
and report duplicates<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#check_monitor">Monitor
Color</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Display
a color palette for
tuning your monitor </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#monitor_gamma">Monitor
Gamma</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Adjust
monitor gamma for better
image viewing<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#language">Change
Language</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Change
the GUI language<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#missing_translations">Missing
Translations</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">List
missing translations to a popup window<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#menu_launcher">Menu
and
Launcher</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
a system menu entry and
desktop launcher<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#burn">Burn
Images to CD / DVD</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Select
images and write them to
CD, DVD or BlueRay<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#resources">Resources</a>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Dump
resource usage data to the
log file </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Metadata
Menu </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">View
and edit metadata (data
stored within image files) </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#view_meta"> View
Metadata
(short)</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">View
most important image metadata </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#view_meta"> View
Metadata
(long)</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">View
all available image metadata </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#view_meta"> View
Captions and Comments</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">View
captions and comments only in a small popup window </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#show_captions"> Show
Captions
on Images</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Show
metadata captions and comments at the top of images </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#tags_overview">Tags
Overview</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Explanation
of tags and how they
are used <br>
</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#edit_metadata">Edit
Metadata
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
or change image date,
rating, caption, comments, or tags (keywords) <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="#edit_any_metadata"> Edit
Any Metadata</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
or change any metadata </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#delete_metadata">Delete
Metadata</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Delete
specific metadata or all
image metadata </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#batch_tags">Batch
Add
/ Remove Tags </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
or remove multiple tags for multiple image files<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#geotags">Geotags
Overview
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">General
Information <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#download_geolocs">Download
Geolocations
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Download
city locations and a
world map for use in geotag functions </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#edit_geotags">Edit
Geotags
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
geotag data (city, latitude,
longitude) to image EXIF data </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#batch_add_geotags">Batch
Add Geotags </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
the same geotag data to
multiple image files </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#geotag_groups">Images
by
Location / Date </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Find
images from selected
country / city / date range <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#geotag_worldmap">Images
by
Map Location </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Click
on a world map to get
images at or near the selected location </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#search_images">Search
Images</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Find
images with any desired metadata or (partial) directory and file
names <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Area
Menu </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Selected
areas within images
where edits are confined </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_overview">Overview
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Explanation
of area selection
and editing </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#select_area">Select
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Select
an area for subsequent
editing <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_show_hide">Show
/
Hide </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Show
or hide an area
outline </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_enable_disable">Enable
/ Disable </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Enable
or disable an area for
subsequent editing </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_invert">Invert
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Invert
an area </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_unselect">Unselect
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Unselect
an area </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_color">Area
Color</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Change color of select
area outlines<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_copy_paste">Copy
/
Paste </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Copy
an area to memory and paste
it somewhere else </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#area_open_save">Open
/
Save </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Save
an area to a file and load
it later to use in other images </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Edit
Menu</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Functions
that change or improve an image<br>
</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim
/ Rotate </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Trim / crop
image edges and / or
rotate an image to level it </font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="#rotate_90"> Rotate
90�</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Turn
an image 90� left or
right, to upright the image </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#auto-trim">Auto-Trim
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Auto-select
trim margins to
remove after rotate, unbend, or warp functions </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="userguide-en.html#voodoo">Voodoo
Enhance</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Automatic
image enhancement </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#retouch_combo"> Retouch
Combo</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Edit
brightness, contrast,
color, saturation, white balance </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="userguide-en.html#tone_mapping">Tone
Mapping</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Increase
local contrast to to
enhance details </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="userguide-en.html#adjust_brdist"> Brightness
Distribution</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Flatten
or expand the brightness
distribution </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#resize">Resize
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Scale
an image up or down (pixel
dimensions) </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#flip_image">Flip
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Mirror
an image horizontally or
vertically <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#add_text">Add
Text</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Write
text on top of an image <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#add_lines">Add
Lines</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Add lines and arrows on
an image<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#brightness_ramp">Brightness
Ramp</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Vary
brightness across the image
using horizontal and vertical curves <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#paint_edits">Paint
Edits</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Apply
an edit function gradually
by "painting" with the mouse <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#lever_edits">Leverage
Edits</a></small><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Apply
edit functions regulated
by initial brightness or color </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Repair
Menu </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Functions
to correct problems in
an image </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#sharpen">Sharpen
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Sharpen
a blurred image <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#blur">Blur </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Blur
an image (e.g. smoothen
skin) <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#reduce_noise">Reduce
Noise</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Reduce
noise (speckles) in
low-light images <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#smart_erase">Smart
Erase</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Remove
power lines and other
spoilers from an image</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#red_eye">Red
Eyes</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Remove
red eyes from flash
photos <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#paint_clone">Paint
/ Clone </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Paint
pixels or areas with color
or with other parts of the image <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#remove_dust">Remove
Dust</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Remove
dust spots on images made
from scanned slides <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#anti_alias">Anti-alias
Tool<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Reduce
jagged lines or edges in
low-resolution images <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#chromatic">Fix
Color Fringes</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Reduce
chromatic aberration <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#stuck_pixels">Fix
Stuck
Pixels</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Fix
stuck pixels (always bright
or dark) from camera sensor defects<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#shift_colors">Shift
Colors</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Shift
RGB colors relative to
each-other <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#color_mode">Color
Mode
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Make
a black-white or color
negative, or positive from negative, or sepia <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#color_profile">Color
Profile
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Convert
an image profile, e.g. sRGB <> Adobe RGB<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#match_colors">Match
Colors</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Match
the colors in one image to
those in another image <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#revise_RGB">Revise
RGB</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Make
complex color corrections
that vary over the image <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#CMYK">CMYK<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Change
brightness, color,
contrast using CMYK colors<a href="#CMYK"><br>
</a></font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Bend
Menu </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Funtions
that bend or warp an
image </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#unbend">Unbend
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Fix
perspective problems <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#perspective">Fix
Perspective<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Straighten
a photo made from an
offset angle <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#warp_area">Warp
area</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Distort
image within an area by
pulling with the mouse <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#warp_curved">Warp
curved</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Distort
entire image by pulling
with the mouse <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#warp_linear">Warp
linear</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Distort
entire image by pulling
with the mouse <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#warp_affine">Warp
affine</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Distort
entire image by pulling
with the mouse</font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="userguide-en.html#flatten_book">Flatten
Book
Page</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Flatten /
straighten
a
photographed page from a book </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Effects
Menu</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Functions
that make artful
transformations </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#color_depth">Color
Depth
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Reduce
color depth
(posterize) </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#sketch">Sketch<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Transform
a photo into a pencil sketch <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#line_drawing">Line
Drawing</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Transform a photo into a
colored line drawing<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#color_drawing">Color
Drawing</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Transform a photo into a
solid color drawing <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#grad_blur">Graduated
Blur<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Blur
pixels according to
contrast <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#embossing">Embossing
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Transform
a photo into a
simulated embossing </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#tiles">Tiles </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Transform
a photo into tiles
(pixelate image) </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#dot_matrix">Dots
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Transform
a photo into an array
of dots </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#painting">Painting
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Transform
a photo into a
simulated painting </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#vignette">Vignette
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Change
brightness or color in a
radial pattern <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#texture">Texture</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Add
textured surfaces to
an image<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#pattern">Pattern</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Add a background pattern
to an image<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="userguide-en.html#mosaic">Mosaic</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Transform an image into a
mosaic using tiles made from all images</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#custom_kernel">Custom
Kernel</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Apply a custom
convolution kernel to an image<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#make_waves">Make
Waves</a><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Warp an image with a wavy
pattern<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Combine
Menu</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Functions
that combine multiple
images </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#HDR">High
Dynamic Range </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Make
a high dynamic range image
from multiple images </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#HDF">High
Depth
of Field </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Make
a high depth of field image
from multiple images </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#stack_paint">Stack
/
Paint </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Combine
multiple images to
remove tourists and cars </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#stack_noise">Stack
/
Noise </a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Combine
multiple images to
reduce noise </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#panorama">Panorama
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Join
2-4 overlapping images
horizontally </font></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#panorama">Vertical
Panorama
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Join
2-4 overlapping images
vertically <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <a href="#mashup">Mashup<br>
</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Arrange
multiple images
and text on a layout<br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1"><br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="#plugins"> Plugins
Menu</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">Use other image
edit
programs as edit functions in Fotoxx <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><a href="#help"> Help
Menu</a></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><font size="-1">User guide,
translations,
change log <br>
</font> </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="popup_menus"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Right-Click
Popup Menus </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">These menus appear when the image
view window or a gallery thumbnail is
right-clicked with the mouse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Most of these duplicate functions
in the main menu. There are a few others:<br>
<small><small><small><small> </small></small></small></small><br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 721px; height: 158px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><span style="font-weight: bold;">Image
View popup menu</span><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Copy to Location<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Copy the image file to
another location (duplicate the file)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Move to Location<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Move the image file to
another location (delete the original)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Copy to Clipboard <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Copy the image file to
the clipboard (some apps support clipboard paste)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><span style="font-weight: bold;">Gallery
View popup menu</span><br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small><br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Popup Image <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Open a window with a
large image - resizable, movable, persistent until canceled<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Popup Image (add) <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Same as above, but a new
window is opened instead of re-using the previous one<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Others<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The copy and move menus
(see above) are also available<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="KB_shortcuts_table"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Keyboard
Shortcuts</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Keyboard shortcuts are available
for some functions. The notation Alt+G
means press and hold the Alt key, then press the G key. The following
shortcuts (down to F1) are fixed and cannot be changed, and the rest
are changeable (see </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#KB_shortcuts">KB
shortcuts</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<small style="font-family: sans-serif;"><small><small>
</small></small></small><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 708px; height: 521px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Image
View<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Fixed shortcuts </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> left / right arrow
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Previous / next image </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> + or =
/ -
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Zoom image bigger /
smaller </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> F / G / W
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Change view mode: image <span style="font-weight: bold;">F</span>ile, <span style="font-weight: bold;">G</span>allery,
<span style="font-weight: bold;">W</span>orld map<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Z </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Toggle: zoom image to
100% / fit
image in window </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Escape key </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Exit slide show mode,
exit a
dialog. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Space Bar </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Pause and resume slide
show </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> F1 function key </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Show user guide for
current or
prior menu function </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> F11 function key </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Toggle main window to
full-screen (no menu) and back </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Gallery
View<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Fixed shortcuts</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Home / End keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>move to first / last page
of
image gallery </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Page Up / Down keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>move to previous / next
page of
image gallery </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> up / down arrow
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>move up / down by one row
of
image gallery</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> left / right arrow
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>move to previous / next
page of
image gallery</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> + or =
/
-
keys </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>bigger / smaller
thumbnail size </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Default
Shortcuts </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>These
can be changed using Tools > Keyboard Shortcuts </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> F1 function key</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>display user guide for
current
function </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> N </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Rename Image File </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> K </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Keyboard Shortcuts - edit<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Alt+G </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Grid Lines on / off </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> T </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Trim / Rotate Image<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> V </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Voodoo Enhance </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> R </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Retouch Combo <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> U </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Undo </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Shift+U </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Redo </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> P<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Open Previous File<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="mouse_functions"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mouse Functions</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 726px; height: 60px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><small> left click </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><small>Zoom-in: magnify
image,
center at click position </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><small> right click </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: middle;"><small>Zoom-out: restore
image
to window size. If no zoom, popup menu with common functions. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> mouse wheel </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Zoom in and out depending
on
wheel direction </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><small> left
drag on image </small></td>
<td><small>Pan / scroll
zoomed image, same direction or magnified opposite direction (like
scroll bars) </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="favorites"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 39px; height: 39px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="../icons/favorites.png" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Favorites
(heart icon)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 518px; height: 176px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/favorites.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a graphic menu in a popup
window which you can populate with
your frequently used functions and arrange them on the window using the
mouse. The initial popup window (left image) is blank. Right click
an empty space on the window to define a new menu entry. Right click an
existing entry to modify it. Use the resulting dialog (right image) to
define or change the menu entry.<br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 663px; height: 94px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> menu text </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>text for the popup menu -
optional if a menu icon is used </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> menu func</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>the Fotoxx function to
use - the
exact menu name</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> menu icon</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>menu icon -
/directory.../filename.png - optional if a menu text is used </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> icon size </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>if icon is used, its size
from
24x24 to 64x64 pixels </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> close window </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>checkbox: close the popup
window
when this menu is selected</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Left drag a menu entry to move it
somewhere else on the popup window.
The popup window can be resized to fit the contained menu entries. Left
click a menu entry to select the menu. If "close window" was checked,
the
popup window will close. All menu settings and icon files are saved in
a configuration file whenever the popup window is closed. The
configuration file and saved icons are located in the directory
<span style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/favorites</span>.
The configuration file can be
edited directly - at your own risk. You can use either the English menu
names or their translations for your locale. The menu names must
exactly match the Fotoxx menus, but case is not significant. The menu
text may include "\n" to represent a newline character. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Icon
library:</span> Icons for all image
edit functions can be found
here: </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<small><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> <big style="font-family: monospace;">/usr/share/fotoxx/icons/edit-funcs
</big></span></small><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="file_menu"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">File
Menu</big><br>
<br>
<a name="sync"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Synch Gallery</span><br>
Replace the current gallery (recent files, search results ...) from the
directory of the current image file: the image shown when <a href="#top_menus">image
view</a> is selected. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="clone"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">New
Window</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Start a new instance of Fotoxx in a
new window, slightly offset for
visibility. This is useful to compare images or to work with more than
one image at a time. Both windows can be used to edit images. The new
window will initially have an unmodified version of the current image
file. If the
same image file is edited in both windows, the final result is the file
saved last. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="open_image_file"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Open
Image File </span>or button<span style="font-weight: bold;">
[Open]</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function starts a standard
file open dialog, allowing you to
select an image file or navigate to another directory and select an
image file. The selected file is opened in the Fotoxx main window where
you can view or edit the image file using the menus and buttons. The
main window title bar always shows the file name and
directory of the current image file. Drag and drop can also be used to
open a file: drag an image file from Nautilus (or other source) to the
Fotoxx window, and Fotoxx will open the file. If
text is dragged from gedit (or other program with drag sourcing),
Fotoxx will assume the text is a filespec and try to open it. Thus you
can make a list of filespecs in a text file and use this list with
Fotoxx. Effectively, you can use Nautilus or text files to navigate a
collection of images as an alternative to the Fotoxx navigation system.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Camera
RAW
files</span> can also be opened. This may need a few seconds
depending on file size and processor speed. You can proceed to
edit the RAW file like any other image file. RAW files are also
included in thumbnail galleries,
as long as a .jpeg thumbnail image can be extracted from the RAW file
(normally true). When saving a RAW file, you must specify a type TIFF
or PNG (8 or 16 bit color), or JPEG (8 bit). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="open_previous_file"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Open
Previous File</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Go back to the previously opened
image file, also if this is in a
different directory. This differs from the button [Prev/Next] which
goes to the previous or next image file in the current gallery
(directory,
search results, collection). This function retains the current image
zoom size and position, which is ideal for rapidly comparing two
edited versions of the same image. Zoom-in on the area to compare, and
use this function to switch back and forth between the two images. The
P-key is also a shortcut for this function. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="recent_images"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Recently Seen
Images</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> The 100 most
recently seen image files (viewed or edited) are shown in a gallery,
from which you can select a file to
open.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="new_images"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Newest Images</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> The 200 most recently added new
image files (from </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#index_files">Index
Image Files</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">), are shown in a
gallery,
from which you can select a file to
open.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="open_raw"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Open RAW File
(ufraw)<br>
Open RAW File (rawtherapee)<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
Select and open a RAW camera file using either UFRaw or Raw Therapee. <br>
You
can make adjustments to the RAW file such as color temperature, white
balance, brightness, color, noise, etc. from the program GUI. When the
file is saved, a TIFF file is created with 16-bit color depth. This
file is now opened in Fotoxx and can be further edited, saved as JPEG,
etc. The RAW file type (file extension) must be included in the list of
known RAW file types in Tools
> </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#user_settings">User
Settings</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. <br>
<br>
Raw Therapee does not allow the location and type of the output file to
be determined from a calling program, therefore you must save the
output file where Fotoxx can find it - in the same directory as the RAW
file. The file type must be TIFF (.tif) with a color depth of 16 bits.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="save_file"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Save
to Disk</span> or button
<span style="font-weight: bold;">[Save]</span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 553px; height: 631px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/file-save.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">In the first dialog, select one of
the three options: new version, new
file
name, or replace file.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
Replace:</span> Save the current image file back to
itself. If a JPEG file, the default quality is used (this value can be
set in </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#user_settings">User
Settings</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
New Version:</span> Save the current image file with a new
version number. File names with version numbers are formatted
"filename.vNN.ext" where NN is a version number 01 to 99. The 4
characters .vNN are inserted between the file name and extension. If
the file name has no versions, version .v01 will be created. If file
versions are already present on disk, then the next higher version
number is used. There is no dialog or confirmation. If the file is a
JPEG file, the default quality is used (this value can be set in </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#user_settings">User Settings</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
New File:</span> The 2nd dialog opens to save the
current
image file to a selected file, which can be the original file, another
existing file, or a new file. An edited image file can be saved in
formats JPEG, PNG, BMP and TIFF. BMP is normally not recommended for
photos (does not support metadata). JPEG is normally the best option,
since these are compressed to reduce space. You can choose a JPEG
quality value in the range 1-100. Lower values give smaller files and
less image quality. Values above 70 are generally hard to distinguish
from 100 (highest quality, largest file size). PNG files are compressed
without any loss of quality and are larger than JPEG files of the
highest quality. TIFF files are uncompressed and larger than JPEG or
PNG. TIFF and PNG files may be saved with 8 or 16 bits per color. The
16-bit formats only makes sense for files converted from a RAW format
having more than 8 bits per color (camera RAW files are typically 10-12
bits with noise beyond that). It is rare that the difference between 8
and 16 bits per color can be seen with the eye. However, an image with
higher bits has more latitude when the brightness distribution is
altered with a program like Fotoxx. PNG-16 files are smaller than
TIFF-16 but slower to save due to the compression process. Saving a
file as TIFF or PNG can be quite slow, especially with a weak computer.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If <span style="font-weight: bold;">make
current</span> is checked, the newly saved file will become the
current file. In either case, the edit history is retained (i.e. undo
and redo will still work). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">File sizes for a 10 megapixel image
are roughly as follows (depending
on image detail).<br>
The jpeg numbers are the quality value given when the file is saved to
disk.<br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 563px; height: 44px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>tiff-16</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>tiff-8 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>png-16 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>png-8 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>jpeg-100 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>jpeg-90 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>jpeg-80 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>jpeg-70 </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>70
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>35
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>23
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>17
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>8
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>3
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>2
MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>1
MB </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The default JPEG quality is used
unless you change the value in the save-as dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The default value is a </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#user_settings">User Settings</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
option, and is initially set at 90.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#technical_notes">Technical Notes</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
section describes
potential loss of image quality from repeated edit and save of JPEG
images. At the default quality of 90 this can be generally ignored. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="rename"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Rename
Image
File</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 356px; height: 179px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/rename.jpg" align="left" hspace="8" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can help automate
the process of renaming a series of image files using a root name (e.g.
an event or place name) and a sequence number. Open the first image
file in the series, input a new name, and press the [apply] button. Use
the [next] button to move to the next file if wanted. You can
use the same name again by pressing the [previous name] button and then
add a suffix or sequence number. If you are using sequence numbers,
press the [add 1] button to increment the sequence number. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="create_blank_image"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">New
Blank Image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Create a blank image with specified
pixel dimensions and color. This
can be used as a background for cutouts taken from other
images (via </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#select_area">Select
Area</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">) and annotation
text (via </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#add_text">Add
Text</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
Input a file name, choose a background color, and set the desired pixel
dimensions. See also the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#mashup">Mashup</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> function.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="trash"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Trash
Image
File</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx uses the Linux desktop
standard for trash. If this works,
trashed image files go into the standard trash location and can be
recovered later if wanted. Otherwise, Fotoxx puts trashed images into a
desktop directory named "fotoxx-trash". You can delete it or move it to
your Linux-specific trash. If standard trash does not work, you may be
able to fix this yourself. See the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#technical_notes">technical
note</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> about this. If both
standard and desktop trash do not work
(some distros are like this), you are given the option to delete the
image file. <br>
<br>
<a name="delete_image"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete Image File</span><br>
The current image file is deleted permanently. There is no recovery
possible. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="print"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Print Image File</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 680px; height: 201px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/print.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The print menu brings up a standard
Page Setup dialog where you can
select a printer, a paper size (letter, A4, etc.), and orientation
(portrait or landscape). Select your printer (do not use a default
setting). The paper size shown will be the one last set in the Printer
Properties dialog (a separate admin function in the System menu). <span style="font-weight: bold;">If
the
paper size is wrong, fix it using
the Printer Properties dialog.</span> Changing the paper in the Page
Setup dialog may be ignored or lead to a "paper mismatch" failure.
After using the [apply] button, another dialog starts for entering
paper margins and an image scale. The margins can be used to shrink the
image or shift it on the page. Image scale can be set in the range
5-100%, where 100% means print the maximum size image that fits within
the margins. Smaller values will shrink the image proportionally. The
actual print size (image width and height in centimeters) is updated in
the dialog as margins and scale are changed, and this can be used to
reach a desired printed image size. After the margins dialog, a Print
dialog starts for the actual printing. This includes paper type and
qality inputs, and a preview of the printed layout which can be
accepted or rejected. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Tools
Menu</big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="index_files"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Index Image Files</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 366px; height: 293px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/index.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is needed when Fotoxx is
started for the first time, when you add new image files to your
collection, or if you move or rename image files or their directories.
Nothing is lost when image files are moved, but the gallery windows may
be slow, and
the search functions will not find the new or moved files. The
Index Image Files function will create missing thumbnails, replace
outdated
ones, and refresh the search index file using current data from your
image files. This may need significant time if you have many thousands
of images and / or a weak computer. A strong computer can process 1000+
images per minute ("strong computer" means a 2+ GHz CPU with
a 7200 rpm disk). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Image files created (i.e. edited
and saved) or moved within Fotoxx are
taken care of automatically. Index Image Files is only needed when new
image files are created from outside Fotoxx (e.g. a new batch of photos
is added), or if files are moved or renamed from outside Fotoxx. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Index Image Files starts
automatically at Fotoxx startup. It can also
be started manually from the Tools menu.
Unless there are hundreds of new images to process, this will be done
in a few seconds. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Enter your <span style="font-weight: bold;">top
image directories</span>
(e.g.<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/Photos</big>).
Enter
the directory paths
directly in the window, or use the [browse] button to locate and add
directories. These directories and any subdirectories
containing images will be processed. It does not matter if other files
are mixed with the images. The simplest way is to use
<big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user></big>
as
the only top directory, but it is better to
separate the image files from the hundreds of thousands of other files
that may be under <big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user></big>.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Enter the <span style="font-weight: bold;">thumbnails</span>
directory where thumbnail
files will be stored. Use the
supplied default or set your own location. The directory name must end
with .../thumbnails, and this will be added to your selection if
needed. If the lowest directory level (/thumbnails) is not present, it
is created. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If you have used directory and / or
file names to classify your images,
you can make immediate use of these in the Search Images function. If
you have saved captions, tags, geotags, titles, or ratings in your
images (using Photoshop or other apps), these will also be
searchable. After the images have been indexed with Index Image Files,
searching them (by caption, comments, file name, tags, geotags, date,
rating) is almost instantaneous. See </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#search_images">Search
Images</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Index Image Files logs progress
messages to a popup dialog window. Each
directory containing images is logged, but not each image file. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="user_settings"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">User Settings</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> Various user preferences and
settings are collected in this
dialog.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 437px; height: 414px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/user-settings.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 700px; height: 317px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> Startup
Display
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Determines the initial
window
content when
Fotoxx is started. <br>
Recent Files: the most recently viewed or edited image files
(gallery
display).<br>
Newest Files: image files most recently added to the Fotoxx
database
(gallery).<br>
Previous Gallery: the directory of the last image viewed
(gallery).<br>
Previous Image: show the last image viewed.<br>
Blank Window: start with no current image and the top image
directory
in the gallery.<br>
Directory Gallery: the given top image directory or
sub-subdirectory
underneath. <br>
Image File: the given image file. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> Menu
Style
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The menu style: icons
only or both text and icons.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> Image
Pan<br>
(zoomed image) </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Drag: image moves with
the
dragged mouse.<br>
Scroll: image moves against the dragged mouse (like invisible
scroll
bars),<br>
Magnified: movement is magnified: multiple drags for large
movement are
not needed. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Monitor scale<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>If a high DPI monitor is
scaled up to make fonts larger, enter the scale value used. 1.0 is
default.<br>
If clicking inside the Gallery top panel jumps to the wrong
directory,
the problem is here. <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> Zooms
for
2x<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Choose 1, 2, or 3 zooms
for each 2x increase in image size. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> JPEG quality</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The default quality value
when saving an image as a jpeg file type.</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> RAW command </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The command used to
convert
camera RAW files to tiff-16. This can be changed if you need.<br>
See the man page for dcraw for more details.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> RAW file types </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The RAW file types
recognized.
If your camera uses something else, add it to the list and this
may
work. You can also shorten the list to those file types you
actually
use. </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="bookmarks"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Bookmarks </span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">(Gallery View only)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Assign names ("bookmarks") to
chosen gallery locations (directory and
image file), keep the names in a list, and use the list to select a
name and go instantly to the associated gallery and image position in
the gallery. There are two parts: an edit dialog to build the list of
bookmarks, and a [GoTo] button in the gallery view to show the
bookmarks
and select a location to go to. To assign new bookmarks, press the
[GoTo] button and then select [Edit Bookmarks] in the dialog
that follows. The Edit Bookmarks dialog is started. Click on a gallery
thumbnail to add this location to the bookmark list. The assigned
bookmark name will default to the file name. This shows up in an input
field which you can edit to assign a better name. If you select an
existing bookmark with a mouse click, its name is shown in the input
field. You can change the name or press [delete] to remove the
bookmark. New bookmarks are inserted at the last bookmark location
selected. To go to a bookmark, press the [GoTo] button. The list of
bookmarks is shown. Click on an entry to go there.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="KB_shortcuts"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Keyboard
Shortcuts</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 376px; height: 252px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/KB-shortcuts.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to view or
change custom keyboard shortcuts. The currently assigned shortcuts are
shown in the window. Enter a new shortcut using the
keyboard. You can use the keys A-Z, 0-9, F2-F9, and most of the symbols
(# $ & ^ < etc.). You can combine a key with Ctrl, Alt or Shift:
Press and hold Ctrl, Alt or Shift, then press the key, then release
both. Select one of the available menu assignments from the drop-down
list. To remove a shortcut, select it and press [Delete]. If you press
[cancel] or [x] all changes
will be discarded. The shortcuts shown in the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#KB_shortcuts_table">tables</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
above are reserved
and changing them is blocked.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="manage_collections"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Manage
Collections
- Concepts</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A collection is an arbitrary
sequence of images that is
manually assembled from existing images. This is one method to make
groups
of associated images. An image collection is simply a
list of the member image files. The image files themselves are not
copied or changed. A given image can be a member of multiple
collections, or may be present more than once within a collection.
Collections can be used to group images with some shared
characteristics, such as photos from a vacation trip, photos of a given
person taken at different times or events, a "best photos" collection,
etc. You can add and remove
images in a collection and
rearrange the order of the images. Once a collection is made, you can call
it up by name and it
becomes a gallery. This gallery works like any other: you can scroll
through the gallery, step through the images with the [Prev/Next]
button, or edit the images. Keep in mind that editing an image in a
collection will edit the unique image file, so any other way to view
this image will show the same image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Image Cache</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is an intermediate storage
area used to hold selected images for
later insertion into a collection. In general, you select image files
from gallery windows and add them to the cache, then you make a new
collection with images from the cache, or you add the cached images to
an existing collection at a chosen position within the collection. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">
Manage Collections Dialog</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 286px; height: 266px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/collections1.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">New:</span>
Start a new collection or replace an existing one. The dialog
shown immediately below is started. <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Choose:</span>
Choose a collection to view or edit. The gallery window will show its
current images. Use
the thumbnail popup menu (below) to add or remove images.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Images:</span>
Add images to the image cache using the standard dialog for selecting
images from gallery windows (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="userguide-en.html#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). Select image files in any order from
any gallery. You can also use <a href="#search_images">Search Images</a>
to create a gallery for
selecting images, or choose a collection gallery. Selected images are
added to the image cache. The cached images
can now be added to a collection using the popup menu (below).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Clear:</span>
Discard all images in the image cache. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete:</span>
Select a collection to delete. Image files are not deleted. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">New Collection dialog</span><br>
<img style="width: 337px; height: 173px;" alt="" src="images/collections2.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5">Specify a collection name, or use the
[browse] button to select an existing collection to be replaced. Select
one of the three options. Option 1 creates the collection with no
images. Option 2 fills the collection from cached images, if any.
Option 3 creates the collection
from the current gallery. This may be a directory, the output of an
image search, or a collection.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Right-click
Popup
Menu</span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><img style="width: 340px; height: 251px;" alt="" src="images/collections3.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>
Gallery thumbnails from any
gallery have a right-click popup menu. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Copy
to
Image
Cache</span> adds the image to the image cache. The other menu entries
are present only if the gallery is a collection. </span><span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> Cut to
Image
Cache</span> removes the image from the collection and add it to the
image cache. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Paste Image
Cache
Here (xxxx) </span>inserts all cached images at the clicked position.
Click roughly between two
thumbnails where the images will be inserted. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">(keep)</span>
option keeps the image cache and <span style="font-weight: bold;">(clear)
</span>clears it. <span style="font-weight: bold;">Remove from
Collection</span> removes the clicked image from the collection.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Drag and Drop<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can rearrange images
within a collection by dragging thumbnails with the mouse. Drag the
thumbnail until the mouse cursor changes to a small image of the
thumbnail. Continue dragging this image to the position where it should
be inserted, and release the mouse button. Position the mouse roughly
between the images where the dragged image is to be inserted. If the
drag approaches the top or bottom edge of the window, the gallery will
scroll to bring more images into view. <br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><br>
Summary</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>Make a new collection: Use
the [New] button and provide a name.<br>
</li>
<li>Add images to an existing
collection: Use the [Choose] button and select a collection. Use the
[Images] button to select images from any gallery. After closing this
dialog, the gallery reverts to the chosen collection. Right-click a
collection thumbnail and select one
of the Paste menus to insert the selected images. You can also choose
another collection and insert the images if you did not clear the
cache. <br>
</li>
<li>Remove images from a
collection: Right-click each thumbnail, then select the Remove
menu.</li>
<li>Move images within a
collection: Use the Cut or Copy menu and the Paste menu to move
multiple images. To move one image at a time within a single
collection, you can use mouse drag and drop.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="slide_show"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Slide Show</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">With
this function you can show a pre-selected sequence of images in
full-screen mode.<br>
There are three dialogs used to define and customize a slide show.<br>
</span><img style="width: 800px; height: 498px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/search-images.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>Use
the
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#manage_collections">Manage
Collections</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
function
to assemble the images for a slide show as a collection with an
assigned name. This allows you to collect images from
anywhere in your image database and order them as desired. In the slide
show dialog, press <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Select]</span>
and choose a collection from the list provided. Press the </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Proceed</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> button to start the slide
show with the first image (or the current image if a member of
the slide show collection). Use
the
<span style="font-weight: bold;">escape key</span> or <span style="font-weight: bold;">F11</span>
to exit the slide show and
return to the dialog. </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
</span>The <span style="font-weight: bold;">spacebar</span>
can be used to pause and resume between slides. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">B-key
</span>can
be used to blank the screen and pause the show. Press again to restore
the current image, or press the spacebar to resume with the next image.
You can use the left and right <span style="font-weight: bold;">arrow
keys</span> to go back and forth within the sequence of images. You can
interrupt the slide show by pressing the <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">G-key</span>
for a gallery view<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>. Click on a
thumbnail image, and
this will be the next image to show. This allows you to skip around
more easily than stopping
and starting the show each time. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
Seconds: </span>The time each image is
shown. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Clip
Limit:</span> Images are scaled
to fit the window. If the image and window aspect ratios are different,
this will create black margins above and below or left and right of
the image. You can optionally make the images expand to fill these
margins and cut off the opposite sides of the image (e.g. if the
margins are on the left and right, the image is expanded to fill these
margins and cut off the top and bottom equally). You control how much
of this is allowed with the Clip Limit, which is the percent difference
in aspect ratios below which expansion and clipping will be done. Zero
means no clipping is done, 10% means that images with 10% or less
difference in aspect ratio will be expanded and clipped.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Show
Captions:</span> If selected,
metadata captions and comments are shown above each image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Music
File:</span> An optional music file or playlist that will start when
the slide show is started.<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>Press
<span style="font-weight: bold;">[transitions]</span> to start a dialog
to
select and customize the transitions between images. These include
instant
replacement, fade-out /
fade-in, and many animated methods of image replacement (e.g. the
new image expands from the center to replace the old image). Select the
transitions to be used and whether they are used randomly or in
sequence. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">slowdown</span>
parameters can be used to slow
transitions that may operate too fast on some computers (some may
be too slow on slow computers, but this cannot be helped). The
<span style="font-weight: bold;">preference</span> parameters specify a
relative preference which will
influence how frequently the transition type is used when random
sequence is selected. The random method avoids using a transition that
was used shortly before, and will only work if 5 or more transitions
are selected.<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Press </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">[image
files]</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> to start a
dialog for image preferences. These are optional. An image is selected
for customizing by clicking its thumbnail (press the [gallery] button
or G-key to show thumbnails). The dialog is filled-in
with default
settings or the previous settings for this image. Enter revisions and
press [done], or click on the next image to be customized. If </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Tone</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
is selected, a tone is played
when the image appears during the slide show. </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Transition</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> is used to select a
transition type to be used for this image. If "next" is selected, then
the normal transition sequence is used (as specified in the Transitions
dialog). </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Seconds</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> is used to specify
additional display time for the image. There are two entries, one for
before the zoom-in and one for after the zoom-in. They are both used
even if the zoom is disabled (they can be zero). If </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Zoom</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"> size %</span>
is greater
than zero, the image is slowly zoomed-in (magnified) after the initial
display. The zoom value is the percent size increase (50 means
that the image will be magnified 50%). </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Steps</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> sets the number of zoom-in
steps to use. A lower value makes a faster zoom. The </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Zoom
center </span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">values specify an
image
position that will be centered when the zoom is complete. These are
percent values, e.g. 50 / 50 is the image midpoint.
When an image thumbnail is clicked to select an image to customize, the
Center values
are set from the mouse click position. Click the thumbnail again to
correct or adjust the zoom center.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Full Screen:</span> If checked, images
are shown full-screen without menu, title bar, etc. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Auto-replay:</span> if checked, the
slide show will start over after reaching the end.<br>
<br>
Sequence of slide show events: </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� get next image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� do the transition
for this image (unless first image)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� wait for "before
zoom" seconds (image prefs dialog)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� do the zoom-in if
zoom % > 0</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� wait for "after
zoom" seconds (image prefs dialog)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� wait for the
standard seconds (initial dialog)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� loop</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_convert"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Batch Convert
Files</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to rename,
convert,
resize, upright and move multiple image files at once. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 401px; height: 248px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/batch-convert.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 598px; height: 217px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Select Files<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Select files to convert
from a gallery window (<a href="#gallery_selection">link</a>).<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>New Name<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Optional new name with <span style="font-weight: bold;">#</span>
characters to be replaced with
sequence numbers.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>base, adder<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Starting sequence number
and adder for each output file.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>New
Location<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Optional new directory
location for the converted files.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>new
file type<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>File type for converted
images, or "no change".<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>max.
width, height<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Output images will fit
within these dimensions (ratio is not changed).<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>delete
originals<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Delete the input files
after successful conversion.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>copy metadata<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Copy all EXIF and IPTC
metadata to the output files.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>upright<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>If an image is rotated
90�, upright it (direction known from EXIF).<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>sharpen<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Sharpen output images
using the two supplied parameters<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When input and output file names
are the same, delete originals is ignored.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If an output file already exists,
the input file is not converted.<br>
For an explanation of the sharpen parameters, see the <a href="#sharpen">Sharpen</a>
function. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Collections</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
If image files are renamed or moved using Batch Convert, and if
deletion of the original image files was also specified, then all
collections containing any of the input files are updated to reflect
the new names and locations.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Upload Photos to
a Website</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Most photo websites have the
ability to upload multiple image files
from a single directory, using only a web browser. Use the above Fotoxx
function to select, resize, and export image files to the desktop or
any other directory. From there, use the photo website's native browser
interface to upload the image files. <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_upright"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Batch Upright</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
This function works like Batch Convert Files but only does the upright
function, replacing the original image file with the uprighted version.
It depends on EXIF data to know when a file is rotated. It ignores
files that are not rotated. It is much faster than Batch Convert Files.
You can simply select all candidate files and let it find the ones that
are rotated. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_raw"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Batch RAW (DCraw)<br>
Batch RAW (Raw Therapee)<br>
</span><img style="width: 435px; height: 287px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/batch-convert-RAW.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">These functions convert selected
RAW image files to JPEG, PNG-8, PNG-16, TIFF-8 or TIFF-16 format, using
the program DCraw or Raw Therapee. The PNG and TIFF formats have either
8 or 16 bits
per color. RAW files generally have 10-12 bits per color, and noise
beyond that. Therefore use a 16 bit format to keep all of the data
available from a RAW file. The difference between 8 and 16 bit color is
rarely visible, but a higher color depth provides a greater margin for
retouch functions that can radically shift the brightness distribution,
causing a problem known as "banding" or "posterization". <br>
<br>
Use the
[Select Files]
button to choose one or more RAW image files from a gallery window (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
Choose
one of the output formats. Choose one of the downsize options if
wanted, and set the auto sharpen parameters if wanted. See the <a href="userguide-en.html#sharpen">Sharpen
</a>function for an
explanation of these
parameters. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
The remaining parameter options (white balance etc.) apply only to
DCraw - they are not shown if Raw Therapee is used, because parameter
settings for batch operation are not available (defaults are used). The
default settings for DCraw generally work well and you probably will
not need to change them. The
parameters for dcraw are documented in the dcraw
man page (command: $ man dcraw). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
The image files are
converted one at a time and displayed in the main window. Depending on
the number of files, this can take a long time (a strong PC does about
40 files per minute for most RAW file types and TIFF-16 output).
PNG-16 produces much smaller files than TIFF-16 because the files are
compressed (with no data loss). This also needs more time to do the
compression work. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="show_brdist"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Brightness
Distribution</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function opens a small window
that shows a brightness distribution
graph of the current image in the main window, or the currently
selected area of the image. This graph updates
immediately for new images or as edit functions change the image. There
are four graphs in four colors: red, green, blue graphs are for the
respective colors. The black graph is for overall brightness which is
labeled "white". Use the buttons [Red] [Green] [Blue] and [White] to
select the colors to show. White means all colors added together. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="grid_lines"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Grid Lines</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 355px; height: 191px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/grid-lines.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function adds or removes
horizontal and vertical lines across the image. The lines are useful
when an image must be rotated for horizon alignment, or when an image
is unbent or warped to straighten walls or other objects in the image.
The settings for x- and y-spacing control the spacing (pixels) between
the lines. If the controls for x- and y-count are NOT zero, then the x-
and y-spacing values are ignored and the number of lines will be set to
these counts. Example: set x- and y-count to 2 lines each in order to
divide the image into thirds horizontally and vertically. The x- and
y-grid checkboxes can be used to enable and disable the vertical and
horizontal lines separately. The keyboard shortcut Alt+G can be used to
toggle the grid lines on and off (this shortcut can be </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#KB_shortcuts">changed</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
If an image is printed with grid lines enabled, the grid lines are also
printed. The x- and y-offset controls can be used to shift the grid
lines to intersect a desired point in the image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Several edit functions have a
button [grid] which starts this same
dialog. The resulting grid line settings are specific to that function
only, and will be restored whenever that function is in use.<br>
<br>
<a name="line_color"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Line Color - </span>Change Color of
Foreground Lines<span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
</span>Some functions draw lines over the image (Trim / Rotate, Area
Outlines, others). You can change the color of these lines to maximize
contrast against the background image. The small dialog can be left
open while editing, to conviently switch among the available colors
(black, white, red, green). <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br style="font-weight: bold;" clear="all"></span></span> <br>
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="show_RGB"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Show
RGB</span></span><span></span><br>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 728px; height: 293px;" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><img style="width: 247px; height: 279px;" alt="" src="images/show-RGB.jpg"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When a point</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
on the image is
clicked, the RGB values are shown in a dialog window. The values have
the format xxx.dd,</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> where
xxx is the upper 8 bits of the color</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
value and
.dd is the lower 8 bits. The range is 0.00 to 255.99. The lower 8 bits
are zero unless the image is being edited or the image is a 16-bit TIFF
or PNG file. EV (exposure value) is an alternative unit, useful for
precise color adjustment. EV is zero for
mid-brightness (128). The outputs are updated immediately if the image
is being edited. The last nine points clicked are shown. The points are
labeled on the image corresponding to the letters A-I in the dialog
window. If "delta" is checked and the image is being edited, then the
changes are shown instead of the absolute values. If no edit is
active, "delta" does nothing.</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span></span><table style="text-align: left; width: 557px; height: 32px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"><tbody><tr><td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> RGB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>0 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>1 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>2 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>4 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>8 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>16 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>32 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>64 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>128 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>256 </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EV </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>nan </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-7 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-6 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-5 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-4 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-3 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-2 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>-1 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>0 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>1 </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="darkbrite"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Dark / Bright
Pixels</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to highlight
the darkest and / or the brightest
pixels in an image. Adjust the two sliders to set the brightness
thresholds, which are initially 0 for dark pixels and 255 for bright
pixels. Pixels with a brightness less than the dark threshold or
greater than the bright threshold are highlighted on the image. The
image responds quickly to changes in the sliders. You can use this
function in parallel with edit functions to control edit results. <br>
<br>
<a name="find_dups"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Find Duplicate Images<br>
<img style="width: 283px; height: 223px;" alt="" src="images/find-dups.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"></span>This
function is used to find duplicated image files anywhere within your
image database. A duplicate image file can be an image
file that exactly duplicates another image file, or an image file that
"almost" duplicates another. For the sake of speed, thumbnail
images are compared in memory. Hence it is possible
that identical thumbnails are found for which the main images have some
minor (likely invisible) differences that do not show up in the
thumbnails. An image copy that was reduced to 1/2 size is likely be
classified as a duplicate. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">thumbnail
size</span> can be set from 32 to 256 pixels (max. width or height). A
larger size reduces the probability of false positives. The thumbnail
size greatly affects the amount of main memory required - e.g. for 100K
images, size 32 needs 220 MB, whereas size 64 needs 880 MB. The memory
required is roughly size x size x 0.75 x 3 x (image count). Two
parameters are used to set the sensitivity for detection of
identical or nearly identical images: <span style="font-weight: bold;">pixel
difference</span> is the RGB value difference below which pixels are
considered
equal. Set to 1 to detect any pixel difference. <span style="font-weight: bold;">pixel
count</span> is the number of
different
pixels below which two images are classified as duplicates. Example: if
pixel difference = 3 and
pixel count = 100, then images are classified as duplicates if fewer
than
100 pixels are different by less than 3. The output is a gallery
view, showing each pair (or more) of duplicate images. Screening 100K
images needs about 11 minutes on a strong PC.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="check_monitor"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Monitor Color</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 451px; height: 284px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/colorchart.png" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Eight color bands are written
across the screen with brightness from
zero (black) to 100%. You can use this to adjust the brightness of your
monitor. The left end of each stripe should be as black as possible,
but you should start to see some color within a few mm from the left
edge. If the completely black portion is wider than this, adjust the
monitor. There are 255 brightness steps from black to 100% (8 bits per
color). The steps are too small to distinguish with the eye. This
evaluation should be done in a darkened room (with little external
light falling on the monitor). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="monitor_gamma"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Monitor Gamma</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 460px; height: 195px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/gammachart.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> Gamma determines how RGB
brightness values (0-255) are converted into brightness on the monitor.
The standard value is 2.2 and this should normally be used for
image editing. The adjustment chart above is provided. Adjust the
dialog slider
until the middle band has the same brightness as the upper and lower
bands at scale location 2.2. The chart only works at 100% size, so <span style="font-weight: bold;">do not zoom the chart</span>.
The command line utility "xgamma" is required (normally it is present).
The chart image originates from </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.normankoren.com/" target="_blank">Norman Koren</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="language"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Change
Language</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function allows you to change
the GUI to one of the available
languages. If your language is not available or has missing
translations, consider making a translation, which is not difficult (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#technical_notes">technical notes</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="missing_translations"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Missing
Translations</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function lists all missing
translations to a popup window.
Translations left as English are not reported, since this is often
deliberate, e.g. words like "font" or "icon" may be the same in both
languages. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="menu_launcher"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Menu
and Launcher</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function puts a Fotoxx icon /
launcher on the desktop and adds
Fotoxx to the desktop menu system under the category "Graphics". Your
system must be LSB compliant (Linux Standards Base). The effectiveness
of this has been sporadic. You may need to log off and back on to see
the new menu entry. A dialog allows you to customize the startup
options. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="burn"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Burn
Images to CD / DVD</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function enables you to choose
image files and burn them into a CD
or DVD or BlueRay disc. When the function starts, an image gallery
window is displayed from which you can select the image files to burn (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
When done, the
list of image files is sent to Brasero to burn the disc. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="resources"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Resources</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a diagnostic tool to
monitor resources, especially memory leaks.
<br>
The popup window contains the following data:<br>
process time: CPU time used, since the last time
shown here<br>
zdialog counts: total dialogs in memory and those
still active (visible)<br>
zmalloc counts: memory allocations and releases
since the last time shown here<br>
MB: total allocated memory at this time<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">Metadata
Menu</big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Metadata means text data that
is stored inside an image file. Digital cameras automatically create
some data automatically, such as date and time, technical data about
the camera and image, and location data (if the camera has a GPS
receiver). Other data can be added by the user, such as captions,
comments, ratings, and tags (keywords that can be used to search
images, e.g. persons, places, things, events). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The program <span style="font-weight: bold;">exiftool</span>
must be installed for the metadata functions to work. Fotoxx uses this
program to read and write metadata. If exiftool is not installed, then
modifying an image with Fotoxx will lose all metadata. For recent
Ubuntu, the package name is: libimage-exiftool-perl. Other distros may
be different.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There are several </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#organizing_images">alternatives</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
for
organizing a large image collection so that it can be easily searched.
It would be good to review these before choosing a system. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="view_meta"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">View Metadata
(short)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">View Metadata
(long) </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">View Captions
and Comments</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The View Metadata functions will
display metadata for the current image
file, if available. EXIF metadata contains the date and time of a
photo, shutter speed, focal length, pixel dimensions, etc. Digital
cameras store this data inside the image. IPTC metadata contains tags
(from Fotoxx, Photoshop ...) and captions (frequently found in
published images).
If an image is edited and then saved, the metadata is updated and
stored with the new image. The View
Metadata short report outputs the most commonly needed data, including
the photo date and time, exposure data, focal length (real and 35mm
equivalent), user-assigned tags and star rating, comments, caption, and
a history of Fotoxx edit functions that have been applied to the image.
The long report reports all metadata available. The Captions and
Comments report shows only captions and comments in a small window. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx uses the following EXIF /
IPTC data items:<br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 570px; height: 158px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Key
Name </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Fotoxx
Usage </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Date / Time
Original </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Metadata function -
image
date </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Keywords </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Metadata function -
image
tags </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Rating </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Metadata function -
image
stars </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>User
Comments </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Metadata function </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; height: 20px;"><small>Caption-Abstract</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; height: 20px;"><small>Edit
Metadata
function</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Geotags </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Geotags function, 3
search
image functions </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Image
History<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>History of Fotoxx edits
applied
to the image </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>any
key </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Edit Any Metadata, Delete
Metadata </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="show_captions"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Show Captions on
Image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Show the metadata items IPTC
Caption and EXIF User Comments at the top
of each image displayed. This menu is a toggle switch - the display of
captions and comments is set on and off alternatively. If neither is
available, nothing is displayed. If only one is available, it is
displayed. If both are available, they are displayed on two lines. The
lengths are truncated at 200 characters. To see up to 1000 characters,
use the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="userguide-en.html#view_meta">View
Captions
and Comments</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> function.
If Show Captions switched ON, captions and comments are also displayed
during a </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="userguide-en.html#slide_show">Slide
Show</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="tags_overview"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tags
Overview</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Image files can have classification
tags (categories, keywords)
assigned to them. These can be used to search a large image collection
for those images having desired tags. Typical tags: the main subject of
a photo, the associated event, the location, the persons or things
contained, etc. Tags
reside inside the image metadata (IPTC:keywords). Tags are normally one
word, but a short phrase with imbedded blanks or other delimiters can
be used. Commas and semicolons are recognized internally as delimiters
(separators) between tags, and therefore cannot be used within a tag. A
compound tag like "arizona scenery" is allowed, but you should use two
tags instead for more flexibility: you can search for images having
either tag or both tags. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can use a directory hierarchy
to make a physical organization of
your images, e.g. directory names corresponding to year or location or
other scheme. You can use file names for the main subject of the image.
Such physical organizations are useful but optional: you can also put
all your images in one giant directory and keep the meaningless file
names that come out of the camera. Regardless of the physical
organization, tags can be used to create other organizations, e.g. to
label all the images of a person over all years, events, locations,
etc. All images having a desired tag or tags can be found quickly and
displayed in an image gallery window, where you can further review the
images and choose those for viewing, editing, or changing their tags.
If you have used directory and file names in a meaningful way, you can
keep using these, and you can also search for images using these names
as well as tags. There is no need to duplicate information already
available. See "Search Images" below. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Images may have a date (date of
photo) which is pulled from the image
EXIF data if present, or manually set. Images may have a "star rating"
for the importance or quality of an image. Dates and star ratings can
also be used as search criteria. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Limitations and
Practical Tips </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following are the default
limits for tags. These are compile time
constants which can be easily increased if needed, although I believe
they are large enough to exceed practical limits:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� max. tag length: 50
characters per tag</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� max.
tags for one image file:
1000 characters</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� max.
tags in a tag category:
50000 characters</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� max. unique tags
overall: 50000
characters
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The practical limit for the overall
number of tags is in the range
200-500. Exceeding this range is possible but will lead to some
practical problems: The window showing available tags will be large and
tags will become harder to find (although sorted by category and within
category), and the point and click method of adding tags will become
more cumbersome. If tags are broadly defined and fewer in number, the
search results will be larger, but using the search results (image
gallery window) to find a smaller set of images is still quite fast.
Physical file organization is also preserved: image files located
together in their directories will also appear
together in search results. All in all, my recommendation for the
casual photographer is to use fewer and broader tags. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="edit_metadata"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit
Metadata</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 784px; height: 402px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/edit-metadata.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The function Metadata >
Edit Metadata is used to
edit the most frequently used metadata: image date, rating, caption,
comments, and tags. The dialog initially shows existing data for the
current image. After making additions or changes, press [Apply] to
update the image file.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Existing tags are shown in "image
tags". Available tags are shown in
the "defined tags" window below. One of these tags can be added to the
image by clicking with the mouse. A tag can be deleted
from the image by clicking it within "image tags". Tags
recently added are shown in "recent tags". This is a convenience to
make adding tags to a new batch of images easier, assuming that many of
the same tags will be used repeatedly. Point and click the same way.
The date of the image, if available, is shown as "image date". This may
be entered if missing, or changed. You can enter a full date in the
format yyyy-mm-dd or a shorter format yyyy or yyyy-mm. A missing
month / day is logically equivalent to 01/01 when used as a low limit
for
searching, or 12/31 when used as a high limit. The [get prev] button
fills-in the date from the previous data entered. This is to allow easy
dating of a series of images. If time is important, you can include a
time using the format hh:mm ( :ss is optional). You may enter an
optional "stars" rating for the image. The dialog remains open if you
navigate to a new image, and the data is updated from that image. The
[Apply] button writes the data to the image file and to the search
index file used for searching images. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Manage
Tags</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This dialog starts from the button
[manage tags] in the Edit Metadata
dialog. You can also assign categories to tags to help organize
them and locate them more quickly when adding tags to images. They are
optional and they play no role in tag assignment or searching: only the
tag is stored in an image, not its category. Typical categories are
people, places, things, events, scenery, buildings, art, etc. To add a
new tag with a new category, enter the category and the tag, then click
[create]. The category can be left blank and the tag will be assigned
to "nocatg". To assign a tag to a different category, click a category
(bold text) or enter a new one, click the tag, and press [create]. The
tag will move from the old to the new category. To delete a tag, click
the tag and press [delete]. Tags used in images but not assigned to a
category will appear under "nocatg". </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span>
a newly created tag is
appended to the end of the
tag list for its category. The next time fotoxx is started, all
categories and their tag lists are sorted alphabetically, except that
"nocatg" is always last. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use the [orphan tags] button to
list tags that are defined but not
assigned to any images. These may be deleted if no use is planned. <br>
<br>
<a name="edit_any_metadata"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Any Metadata</span><br>
This is a dialog for editing any EXIF or IPTC metadata. Enter the
desired key name and press [Fetch]. Change the returned data, if any,
and press [Save]. The metadata is updated. You may enter the key name
in lower case and with or without spaces between the words, e.g. "Bits
per Sample" and "bitspersample" will both work. To see all present keys
and data, use <a href="#view_meta">View Metadata (long)</a>.<br>
<br>
<a name="delete_metadata"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete Metadata</span><br>
Specify the key name to delete, or select "All". The metadata is
deleted. Use "All" to clean an image of any identifying information
that might be in there. Some keys are not deletable, e.g. "File Name".<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_tags"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Batch
Add
/ Remove Tags</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When adding tags to a large number
of images having many of the same
tags (i.e. the same event or subject), use this function to speed up
the process. In the dialog, use the [select files] button to open a
gallery window with thumbnail images from which you can select the
image files (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
After selecting
files, specify tags to add to the images by clicking tags in the
"defined tags" list. If you need to create new tags, use the [manage
tags] button as described above. When done specifying image files and
tags, press [proceed] to add the tags to the image files. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Removing tags works much the same
way: select the image files and the
tags to remove. You can add and remove at the same time if the images
to process are the same ones. To replace tags, specify the new names in
the add tags list and the old names in the remove tags list. To get a
list of images having specific tags (which you want to remove or
replace), use the Search Images function (below) to find the images,
then start this function and use the [select files] button to add all
the image files that you just found, or select any subset. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="geotags"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Geotags
-
General</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Modern cameras can record the
location of each photo, using an internal
GPS receiver. Latitude, longitude, city and country are recorded in the
EXIF metadata of the image JPEG or RAW file. The Fotoxx Edit Geotags
function allows location data to be entered or revised for any image.
The Fotoxx Search Images function can find images by location,
including an optional range: e.g. find all photos taken within 30 km of
London. Locations may also be specified by clicking on a world map.
There are two functions that can find all images from a specified
location or region: Images by Location / Date: find all images for a
country, a country and city, or a country, city and date range. Images
by Map Location: click on a world map to show all images within a range
of the clicked location. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="download_geolocs"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Download
Geolocations</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function downloads two files,
cities-geotags and world-map.jpg
(about 8 MB total). These are saved in
</span><big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/geotags</span>.</big><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> The cities file has location
data
for over 3000 world cities (city, country, latitude, longitude). The
city names are English common names. The data comes from
<big><span style="font-family: monospace;">http://www.travelgis.com</span>.</big>
Do this download function before trying to
add geotags to images, since most locations you will likely need will
be more easily available. Any locations that you add to your images are
automatically available for subsequent use, and are checked first (also
for partial matches) before the downloaded locations are checked. If
existing location data is revised (spelling or latitude / longitude)
before adding to an image, the revision is saved. Future versions of
cities-geotags can be downloaded without loss of user changes and
additions. All locations in your image EXIF data are automatically
available and are searched first for partial matches. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="edit_geotags"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Edit Geotags</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 416px; height: 159px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/edit-geotags.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The
dialog
displays the location data for the current image, if any. The
live display is updated when a new image is opened. For an image with
missing or incorrect location data, enter a city name and use the
[Find] button to either complete the data in the dialog, or get a list
of matching cities to choose from (e.g. Bermingham, United Kingdom and
Bermingham, United States). Partial matches are found, so you can
usually enter a leading substring, e.g. "hono" for Honolulu. Use the
[Apply] button to enter the data into the EXIF metadata for the current
image, and also into the search index for later searching by location.
If the data is revised in the dialog (spelling of city / country, or
revision of latitude / longitude), this will take precedence for future
city searches. Use the [Prev] button to fill the dialog data with the
last location used. If the [Find] button does not find a city (it is
missing from the cities-geotags file), you can use the [Web] button to
find the city and location data from an internet web service (MapQuest
Open for now, but this can change). The location data is completed and
returned into the dialog. These names are not standardized and there
are many duplicates, so check the returned data for reasonableness and
change the spelling and capitalization if needed. The [Apply] button
will add the location data to the image, and this location will be
available for future use by using the [Find] button. If the [Web]
button
fails, you can manually find the city in the internet and enter the
location data into the Edit Geotags dialog. Pressing [apply] will add
the data to the current image and make the location available for
future use. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Here are two web sites to look-up a
city / country (there are many
others):</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span><a style="font-family: monospace;" href="http://www.worldatlas.com/aatlas/findlatlong.htm">http://www.worldatlas.com/aatlas/findlatlong.htm</a><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span><a style="font-family: monospace;" href="http://brainoff.com/geocoder/">http://brainoff.com/geocoder/</a>
<br>
</big>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Blank the latitude and longitude if
you want to save only the city
and / or country name in the image file. If the latititude / longitude
data
is changed from the values returned by [Find], these values are saved
and will be used from now on for new entries for this city. Previous
images with the same city are not revised. You can use Images by
Location / Date (see below) to find all images for a city, and Batch
Add
Geotags (see below) to change the latitude / longitude for all of them.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span>
If the location name is not a city
(e.g. Yellowstone Park), simply use
this name for the City input.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</span>
Non-English locales: If a
comma is used for a decimal point in latitude / longitude, this is
accepted but converted to a period internally. The web service returns
periods. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
Note:</span> If a city is saved
without latitude / longitude, there will be no "red dot" to mark the
city
on the world map, and finding photos for this city by clicking the
world map will not work (see below, Images by Map Location). The other
method to find photos by city (Images by Location / Date, see below)
will
still work. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Map]
button</span> changes to world map
view mode. Zoom-in to the area you
need and click on a map position. The closest known city (within the
specified range) will be selected. Use [Apply] to save the location
into the image file. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">For a series of photos made in the
same location, you can quickly add
location data. After getting the location data for the first image, use
the [Next] button to open the next image, then the Edit Geotags
[Prev] button to fetch the previous location data, then the [Apply]
button to save into the current image file. If there are many photos,
you can use Batch Add Geotags (see below) to quickly update all of
them. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Summary:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Open an image file
and select the Edit
Geotags
menu.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Enter (or change) a
city name (possibly
abbreviated) in the dialog.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Use [find] to find
the city and
auto-fill country,
latitude, longitude.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� If there are multiple
matches, choose
from the
list.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� If there are too many
matches, add more
letters or supply the country and try again.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� If there are zero
matches (not found),
try the
[Web] button (country is required).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� If still not found,
add more letters to
the city.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� If still not found,
use one of the
above web
services and input the data manually.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Use [apply] to update the
image file
and make the location available for future use.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Open the next image
(use the [next] button
if appropriate).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� Use the [prev] and
[apply] buttons to
add the same
location data again, if wanted. </span>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="batch_add_geotags"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Batch Add Geotags</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 405px; height: 175px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/batch-add-geotags.jpg" align="left" hspace="8" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">With
this
function, you can select many images and add the same location
data to all of them. Use the [select files] button to select the image
files from a gallery window (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
Then get the location data as described above in Edit Geotags. Press
[proceed] to start the update process. Use this function also to
correct city / country spellings or latitude / longitude data, or to
fix
inconsistencies. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="geotag_groups"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Images by
Location / Date</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 758px; height: 165px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/geotag-groups.jpg" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a fast way to find all
photos made in a given country or city
and country. In the dialog, select the desired level of grouping: by
country, by country and city, by country and city and date. In the last
case, you can select a date range for grouping of images having nearby
dates. A number N will group images with dates that are N days or less
apart from other images in the group (i.e. gaps are <= N days).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A popup window shows all cities
found in the image geotags, and the
dates of photos taken in those cities. The count of photos taken is
also shown. In the above example, 9 photos are from Grossglockner
starting Oct. 19, 2006. Click on a line in the window to get a
thumbnail gallery of those images, and from there you can click on any
image to view or edit. The gallery becomes the current set of images
for the [Prev/Next] button, until [Sync.G] or [Open] is used to open
some other file. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="geotag_worldmap"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Images
by
Map Location</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function changes to the world
map view mode with a dialog to input a
search range. The search range sets the maximum distance from a nominal
location to search for photos, and is 10 kilometers by default. Map
locations having corresponding geotagged images are marked with red
dots. Click on a map location to get a gallery of images for the
location: all images geotagged within the search range. The window
changes to the gallery view and the gallery appears. You can press the
[world map] button and
click a new location for a new gallery report. The search range can be
changed only if you go back to the menu: Images by Map Location.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Navigation:</span>
zoom and pan / scroll for
the world map is slightly
different from image files:<br>
� mouse wheel forward: zoom world
map to
full size, centered on
the mouse position</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� mouse wheel backward:
shrink world map
to fit within the window</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� left click on a red
dot: show gallery
of images geotagged for
that marked location</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� left click NOT on a
red dot: zoom world
map to full size,
centered on the clicked position</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� right click: shrink
world map to fit
within the window</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� zoom+ and
zoom- buttons: zoom
to full size or shrink
to fit the window</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� keyboard Z key:
alternate between full
size and shrink to fit</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� mouse drag: the
zoomed world map pans
and
scrolls like other images </span>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="search_images"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Search Images</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use the Search Images function to
find images having any desired
metadata. A search index file is used for searching, which makes it
possible to search thousands of images per second. The index contains a
subset of the EXIF and IPTC metadata in the image files. Some of this
data is automatic, created by the camera. Other data, such as tags and
star ratings, can be added by the user (using Fotoxx, Photoshop,
others.). You can rearrange your image directories and image files
without losing anything - you must only regenerate the search index
file, which is simple and fast (see </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#index_files">Index Image
Files</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">An example search:
find all images dated 2006 or later, rated with 4 stars or more, having
tag "buildings" and geotag "Dresden". The output report for this search
is shown here:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 598px; height: 576px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/search-images-metadata.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"> <br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Search Images
Dialogs</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 790px; height: 494px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/search-images.jpg"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The main dialog is on the left. The
Geotags dialog appears if the
[geotags] button is used to select location data, and the Metadata
dialog appears if the [other] button is used to select metadata that is
not available in the main dialog.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">In the main dialog, select which
<span style="font-weight: bold;">images to search</span>, either "all"
(the
entire image database) or "current", meaning the current set of images
as shown in the current gallery list (can be a directory,
collection, or the results of a prior image search). Then choose what
to do with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">matching images</span>
found: "new set" means replace the current set
with the images found, "add" means add them to the current set, and
"remove" means remove them from the current set (to remove images, you
must search the current set). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select the desired <span style="font-weight: bold;">report
type</span>.
The gallery report is a page of thumbnail images, as long as needed to
hold all the images that match the search criteria. The metadata report
has both thumbnail images and a list of metadata items beside each
thumbnail. These are some standard items (date, rating, tags, geotags,
captions, comments) and any items you added in the metadata selection
dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Enter your search criteria. Select
desired tags, dates, star ratings,
text (comments, captions) and
file names. Available tags are shown and can be chosen with point and
click. Use the radio buttons <span style="font-weight: bold;">all</span>
or <span style="font-weight: bold;">any</span> to indicate if all or
any
of the given values must be present for an image to be selected. Press
the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[proceed]</span> button to
perform the search. Matching images are
displayed in gallery view mode. Choose images to view or edit by
clicking the thumbnails. Navigate this set of searched images using the
navigation buttons in the gallery view window, or the [Prev/Next]
button in the image view window. You can save the searched images as
a permanent collection, which can be further edited to add or remove
images (see </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#manage_collections">Manage
Collections</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A <span style="font-weight: bold;">date
range</span> may be entered to
restrict the search to images within the
date range. The format is yyyymmdd. Images are selected which have a
date on or after the first date, if present, and on or before the
second date, if present. Missing month / day default to 01/01 for the
low
date limit and to 12/31 for the high date limit. Times may optionally
be specified using the format yyyymmddhhmm. Missing times
default to 00:00 and 23:59. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A pair of <span style="font-weight: bold;">star
ratings</span> may be
entered to restrict the results to images
having a star rating within the given range. A missing low value
implies no stars, and a missing high value means the hightest rating, 5
stars. <br>
<br>
If <span style="font-weight: bold;">last version only</span> is
checked, image files with multiple versions will be filtered to include
only the last version of each file. This depends on the Fotoxx version
naming convention: The original file name is normally filename.ext, and
edited versions are filename.v01.ext, filename.v02.ext, etc. If no
versions are present, the original file is selected. Otherwise, the
last available version is selected. If this convention is not followed,
then this option will do nothing. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Image directory and file names may
also be searched. In the field <span style="font-weight: bold;">search
files</span>, enter any number of
names used for your image
directories and file names, separated by blanks. An input of [
egypt cairo ] would
match all image directory or file names containing
either of these strings. Name matching is not sensitive to
case, and substrings will also match. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
Image comments and captions may also be searched. Enter the words to
search for in the dialog <span style="font-weight: bold;">search text</span>
field, separated by blanks.
These will be matched to every word in the comments and captions of all
images, and matching images are selected. Substrings will also match. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The radio buttons <span style="font-weight: bold;">all</span>
and <span style="font-weight: bold;">any</span> apply
to tags, text, and file
names.
You can select images having ALL the entered strings, or ANY of the
entered strings. Example: if the search file field contains [egypt
cairo] and "any" is selected, then image files with either of these
names within the directory or file name would be selected. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Geotags
Dialog</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The [geotags] dialog selects images
by location. Enter a city name and
press [find] (as described in Edit Geotags) to get country and
latitude / longitude added automatically. Enter a kilometer range to
determine the max. distance of images from this location to be
included. If latitude / longitude and kilometer range are present in
the
dialog, these are used to locate images by latitude / longitude. If you
want to search only by city and / or country name, erase
latitude / longitude and leave the city and / or country. Use the [map]
button to get a world map. Click on the map to set a latitude /
longitude
to search. You may enter "null"
for city, country, or latitude / longitude to find images lacking
these
geotags.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Search Metadata
Dialog </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You may use this dialog to search
for metadata items not present in the
main dialog. The items available for any given image file can be shown
using </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#view_meta">View
Metadata</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> (long). These include
camera make and model, exposure time, F-number, ISO, metering mode,
focal length, shooting mode, etc. etc. You can enter shortcut names
like "exposuretime" instead of "Exposure Time". You may also enter
match criteria, if wanted, so that only the images with matching
metadata are reported. For example, if you enter "model"
with the match value "DMC-FZ28" (my Panasonic) then only the images
taken with this camera will be reported. You can also enter multiple
match values for one key, separated by blanks.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Performance</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If no extra metadata to report is
entered, then thousands of
images per second are searched and reported (assuming a strong PC). If
extra metadata is entered, the search performance slows to something
like 90 images per second. This is because the image files are being
read
to extract the metadata not included in the search index. For good
performance, always use dates, file names, etc. to maximize the use of
the search index and minimize the number of image files that must be
read. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There is a separate topic on </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#organizing_images">image
organization options</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Areas
Menu</big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_overview"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Overview</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Edit functions normally apply to
the entire image, but it is possible
to edit part of an image (an "area") and leave the rest unchanged. If
an image area has been selected, then most edit
functions will work only within this area. Some functions ignore a
selected area. An area may be selected before starting an edit
function, or while an edit function is active. The selected area is
immediately active, prior edits are retained, and future edits will
apply only within the area. If another edit function is started, the
selected area remains active, so it is possible to carry out a series
of edits on one area. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">"Layers" in Photoshop and Gimp are
"areas" in Fotoxx. Instead of
selecting something from the image, making a separate layer from the
selection, performing edit functions on the layer and finally merging
the layers, you select something in the image and perform edit
functions on the selection, with WYSIWYG feedback during the edit.
Areas can also be saved to a file, copied and pasted into other images,
and edited there. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="select_area"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Select
Area</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 446px; height: 295px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/select-area.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The Select Area dialog is started
with the menu Areas > Select.
Select one of the 8 methods (explained below). Each method selects
image areas in a different way. You can change methods at any time, and
the selected areas are accumulated. An outline of the selected image
area(s) is shown as you add or remove areas from the selection. The
[Finish] button is used to make the area ready for subsequent image
edits within the area. The [Hide] button removes the area outline,
giving you better visibility of image edits and area edge blending. Use
the
[Show] button to show the area outline. The select area dialog can be
exited and re-started later to modify an existing area or start a new
one.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Line Drawing
Color</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The color used for the mouse
selection circle and the area
outline can be changed with the menu Color > Line Color. Choose a
color
for good visibility against the given background. You can change this
at any time.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following methods are used to
enclose one or more image spaces that
will belong to the final area. These methods may be used in any
sequence to define spaces that are either joined or detached. </span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 695px; height: 253px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Rectangle</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Drag the mouse to
enclose
a rectangular area.</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Ellipse </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Drag the mouse to
enclose
an elliptical area.</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Freehand Draw </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Drag and click the
mouse
to draw lines that outline an enclosed space.</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Follow Edge </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Click or drag along
the
edge of an
image object to draw lines that follow the edge.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Replace </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Drag the mouse near
an
area edge-line to move the edge to the mouse. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Controls for the <br>
methods below </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> "mouse radius" sets
the
size of a selection circle around the mouse pointer.<br>
"match level" sets the color match (0-100%) required for
pixel
selection. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Select area <br>
within mouse </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Left / right drag
to
select / unselect all pixels within the mouse circle. <br>
Selection is independent of color. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Select one matching<br>
color within mouse </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Click on the image
to
select a color. Left / right drag to select / unselect pixels <br>
inside the mouse circle that match the selected color within
"match
level". </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
Select all matching<br>
colors within mouse </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Left / right drag
to
select / unselect pixels surrounding the mouse that match <br>
the color of any pixels inside the mouse circle, within
"match
level". </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following paragraphs explain
the details of each method. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Rectangle </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Drag the mouse from one corner to
the opposite corner of the desired
rectangular area to select. A rectangle is drawn to enclose the area.
Right-click to delete and start over. Repeat the process to select more
rectangular areas. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Ellipse </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This works the same as rectangle
selection, except that the area
enclosed is an ellipse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Freehand draw </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Drag the mouse (left button down)
to draw a freehand (curvy)
line, or left-click to connect a straight line from the last point
drawn to the point clicked. Continue around the target area until it is
surrounded with connected curves and lines. Right click to remove
previous lines (mistakes). A right click will remove the previous
clicked or dragged line, up to 50 pixels. Right click repeatedly to
remove more. A new clicked line will always connect to the end of the
previous line. A new dragged line will connect to the previous line if
it is started close to the end of that line. If it is started
elsewhere, a disconnected line will be drawn. You can start a new drag
from far away and draw back to meet the previous line. If a clicked
line connects to an undesired point (i.e. you don't want to connect to
the last line drawn), right click to erase it and then use drag to
start a new sequence of lines. A right-button drag can be used to erase
small segments: right-drag closely along a line to erase it, then
left-drag to re-draw the line. At the end, an area must be fully
enclosed, with no gaps. Lines that overlap a little at the ends are OK.
<span style="color: red;">Gaps can be difficult to find and correct</span>,
so work at 100% image size
or greater and be
careful. A series of lines automatically connected with left clicks
will not leave gaps, but deviation from this sequence is likely to
create gaps. To reduce the possibility of gaps, use deliberate overlaps
when manually connecting lines. </span> <br style="color: black; font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Follow edge </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">High-contrast pixels (likely object
edges) between the last point drawn
and a newly clicked position are found and connected. This is effective
for clear edges that are not too irregular. Fuzzy and ragged edges may
not work well and freehand draw will be needed if high precision is
necessary. The rules for connecting lines are the same as explained
above. Dragging the mouse instead of clicking works like freehand draw.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Replace </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Drag the mouse near and along an
existing area edge-line. The line will
be erased and redrawn at the mouse pointer. This is a faster way to
make a small adjustment in an existing line.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mouse Radius and
Match Level</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">These two controls apply only to
the selection methods below them in
the dialog box. Mouse Radius defines the size of a circle around the
mouse pointer. Pixels within the circle are selected, or they provide a
set of colors for matching and selecting pixels outside the circle.
Match Level defines a degree of match
(0-100%) to select pixels based on their color and brightness. 0 means
anything matches, and 100 means a perfect match is required. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Select area
within mouse </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Left click or drag will select the
pixels enclosed by the mouse circle.
A right click will unselect the last selection (repeat to unselect
more). A right drag will unselect the enclosed pixels. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Select one
matching color within mouse</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Click on the image to select a
color. The color is shown on the color
button. You can also use the button to set a color directly. Left /
right
drag to select / unselect pixels within the mouse circle that match the
selected color within match level. Adjust the match level
down / up to match more / fewer pixels. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Select all
matching colors within mouse </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Left / right drag to
select / unselect pixels inside the mouse circle. Pixels beyond the
mouse
circle are also included if they meet these conditions: 1) their color
matches any color inside the mouse circle, within the current match
level. 2) they are within "search range" of the mouse pointer. This is
a factor of mouse radius, e.g. if mouse radius is 20 and search range
is 3, then the search range is 60 pixels from the mouse pointer. Drag
the mouse over new areas you
want to include. Watch the selected area expand into areas with colors
matching those inside the mouse circle. If you go too far, right click
to remove the last selection. Repeat if needed to remove more previous
selections. Reduce the radius or increase the match level to gain finer
control - the selection will expand more slowly and stay closer to the
mouse circle. A small radius
and high match level can be used to follow along an edge and select
pixels up to the edge with good precision. Change to a larger radius
and / or lower match level to select larger areas after the fine work
is
complete. Right drag acts as
an unselect: pixels inside the mouse circle and matching pixels within
the search range are unselected. If a selection goes too far, it is
often easy to correct this by unselecting from outside the selected
area. You may need some practice to get a feeling for this and be able
to work efficiently. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The firewall checkbox can be
used to stop the search wherever allready-selected pixels are met. Use
this if the border of an area has already been defined and you want to
stay within this border. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Summary</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 648px; height: 65px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
left
drag </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>select pixels inside
mouse
circle and those with matching colors within search range </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
right click </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>undo
previous selection, repeat
to unselect more </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>
right drag </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>unselect pixels inside
mouse
circle and those with matching colors within search range </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Blend Width</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Edits made within an area can be
blended with the surrounding
image over a distance called "blend width". At the edge of the selected
area, the image is the original (unedited) image. At a distance of
"blend width" from any edge inside the area, the image is the edited
image. For distances in-between, the pixels are a mix of original and
edited pixels with a gradual transition. Use the Blend Width control to
set the blend width for the current or subsequent edit functions. Zero
blend width gives a hard edge to the area edit. Increasing blend width
makes the edges of the edit more gradual and harder to distinguish from
the original image. Changing the value for the first time after editing
an area will cause the edge distance to be calculated for each pixel in
the area. This is normally fast (a few seconds), but it may take
minutes if the area is large and has a complex geometry (a very long
edge). Whenever an area is re-edited or inverted, the edge calculation
is discarded and must be repeated if blending is wanted. If the edge of
a selected area is within 4 pixels of the image edge, it is no longer
considered an edge for blending. If a selected area includes a portion
of the image edge, and you do not want blending along this edge (the
normal case), be sure the edge of the area is within 4 pixels of the
image edge. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Edge Creep</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">An area that has been finished can
be expanded or contracted in 1-pixel
steps. The area remains finished, but blend width is no longer valid
and must be repeated if needed. This can be helpful to reduce edge
effects when an area selected by matching colors is edited in a way
that changes its brightness. Selection by color may leave a narrow band
of underselected or overselected pixels along an edge where color has
become mixed with background. Expanding or contracting the area a pixel
or two can produce a cleaner looking edge. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Show / Hide</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use [Hide] to hide the area
outlines. This is useful when
editing the image / area, to better see the effects of the edit without
interference from the area outlines. Use [Show] to show the outlines
and resume editing the area. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Finish</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When
you are finished selecting the enclosed spaces, use the [Finish] button
to complete the process. A popup dialog will ask you to click the mouse
inside each enclosed space in sequence. This action launches a search
for all pixels within the enclosed space, and these are mapped and
saved. The enclosed space is temporarily colored so you can see exactly
what part of the image is being selected. The dialog will show the
status of the search, "success" or "outline has a gap". If there is a
gap in the outline, an attempt is made to show where the gap is: you
will see a line coming out of the colored space to meet the edge of an
imaginary rectangle enclosing the space. You may be able to follow this
line back to the gap, but if the area is convoluted finding the gap can
be difficult. Each use of [finish] will produce a different picture
that may lead you to the gap. Carefully inspect the outline of the
area, close the hole, and use [Finish] again. An area is not effective
for edits until it is successfully finished. Any enclosed area can be
selected, even those not explicitly outlined (e.g. if you use "select
within mouse" to select a donut with a hole, you can still click the
hole to include it in the area). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Areas selected using one of the
"select within mouse" methods are automatically finished
whenever you click inside any enclosed area. These
areas are mapped during the selection process, whereas areas selected
with one of the "line drawing" methods are mapped only when clicked. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Disable / Enable</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Disable the current area and keep
the data so that it can be
re-activated later. This allows you to alternate edits within a
selected area and edits for the entire image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Invert</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function inverts an existing
area: the entire image is
selected except for the existing area. Using the function two times
returns the original selected area. Inverting a selected area
invalidates the edge calculation which will be repeated if edge
blending is selected. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Unselect</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Discard the current area
permanently. <br>
<br>
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_show_hide"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Show / Hide</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Show or hide the outline of the
current area. Hiding the area is useful
when the area is being modified with one of the edit functions. This
makes it easier to judge the effects of the edit. These are also
available as buttons in the Select Area dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_enable_disable"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Enable / Disable</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Disable the current area and keep
the data so that it can be
re-activated later (Enable menu). This allows you to alternate edits
within a selected area and edits for the entire image. These are also
available as buttons in the Select Area dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_invert"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Invert</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Invert an existing area: the entire
image is selected except for the
existing area. Using the function two times returns the original
selected area. Inverting a selected area invalidates the edge
calculation which must be repeated if edge blending is desired. This is
also available as a button in the Select Area dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_unselect"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Unselect</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Permanently discard the current
area. This is also available as a
button in the Select Area dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><a name="area_color"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Area Color </span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
You can change the color of
the select area border lines, to maximize contrast against the
background image. The
small dialog can be left open while editing, to conviently switch among
the available colors (black, white, red, green). <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br style="font-weight: bold;" clear="all">
</span></span>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_copy_paste"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Copy / Paste</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Copy: The current selected area is
copied and saved in memory. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Paste: Left click on the current
image and the saved area is
pasted into the image. It can be moved around by dragging with the
mouse. Use the resize and angle buttons to resize or rotate the pasted
object. Use the edge blend slider to make a blended edge if desired.
The brightness slider is used to adjust the brightness to match the
background. Press the [done] button in the popup dialog. The pasted
area now behaves like a Select Area. You can edit within the area and
use the [blend width] control in the Select Area dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="area_open_save"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Area
Open and Save</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
A selected area can be saved to an
image file using the menu Select >
Save. You are asked to supply a name. Two files are saved: the image is
saved to filename.tiff and the transparency data is saved to
filename.info.tiff. These files reside at
<big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/saved_areas</big>.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use Select > Open to choose a
saved area (choose the xxx.tiff file,
not xxx.info.tiff),
which will be dumped into the image where it can be moved around,
resized, etc. as with the copy and paste functions. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Save PNG</span><br>
Save a selected area as a .png image file with transparency. An image
containing the selected area is saved. The parts outside the selected
area are transparent and this information is saved in the .png file
(.jpeg files do not support this). Fotoxx ignores transparency
information, but this can be used in other image editors, e.g. Gimp. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Edit
Menu</big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="trim_rotate"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Trim / Rotate
Image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 768px; height: 245px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/trim-rotate.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to
remove unwanted image margins, and / or to rotate an image to level or
upright it. <br>
<br>
When the dialog opens, a "selection rectangle" is placed
over the image. The areas outside this rectangle are darkened and
represent the parts of the image that will be removed. Drag any corner
of the rectangle to move that corner. The dialog box shows the current
width / height ratio of the selection rectangle. If the box <span style="font-weight: bold;">lock
ratio</span>
is checked, then moving one corner of the rectangle will also move the
opposite corner to keep the same ratio. You can also drag from the
middle of the rectangle to shift the whole rectangle without changing
its dimensions. You can use the width and height spin buttons to adjust
the pixel dimensions (or type-in new values), and the selection
rectangle will adjust to these. <br>
<br>
You can use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">keyboard arrow keys</span>
to move a corner of the selection rectangle in 1-pixel steps. The last
corner moved with the mouse is the one that is moved with the keyboard.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The <span style="font-weight: bold;">maximum</span>
button resets the
trim rectangle to the full image size (useful if you want only to
rotate the image). The <span style="font-weight: bold;">invert</span>
button will invert the width / height ratio (e.g. 2.0 to 0.5). The
<span style="font-weight: bold;">previous </span>button retrieves the
width
and height values last used for a previous image (useful for setting
multiple images to the same size, e.g. to fit a monitor or
beamer). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The six <span style="font-weight: bold;">ratio
buttons</span> allow you to
choose a preset width / height ratio.
You can change the ratio button names and the corresponding ratios with
the button [customize] which starts a new dialog shown on the right.
Enter desired button
labels in the first row, and corresponding width / height ratios in the
second row (the default names are the same as the ratios, except for
"gold"). The [gold] button uses
the golden ratio, about 1.62:1. You do not have to keep it.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To <span style="font-weight: bold;">level
a
tilted image</span>, use the
mouse
to drag the right edge up or down until the image looks level. Use the
90 degree buttons to convert an image taken in vertical format to
horizontal. The spin control can be used to set any angle, -180 to +180
degrees. No resolution is lost with 90 degree rotation. For other
angles, the loss of resolution is about 1/2 pixel. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">auto-trim
</span>option automatically cuts off the edges (making them perfectly
horizontal and vertical) when an image is rotated a small amount to
make it level. <br>
<br>
A left-click on the image will add <span style="font-weight: bold;">vertical
and
horizontal
guide lines</span> to help with image leveling. Use
right-click to
remove them. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There is another small dialog to
rotate an image by 90�. This is
started from the right-click popup menu
from the main window or a gallery thumbnail. This is a convenient way
to upright a turned image. The image is rotated left or right and
written to disk (no need to save the image as with other edit
functions). The dialog stays open so you can go through a series of
images rapidly. <br>
<br>
<a name="rotate_90"></a><br clear="all">
</span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Rotate 90<big>�</big></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
This dialog is a faster way to upright an image turned on its side. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
There are two buttons: turn left (anti-clockwise) or turn right
(clockwise).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="auto-trim"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Auto-Trim Image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 657px; height: 353px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/auto-trim.jpg" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The composite and warp functions
can leave
black margins where images did not overlay or were bent away from the
edge. Auto-Trim automatically sets trim margins to omit these areas and
then starts the Trim / Rotate function (previous topic) with the
margins
pre-set. If these are correct, press the [done] button to finish. If
not, change the margins as described above. Auto-Trim tries to find a
maximum rectangle that does not overlap any of the black margin areas.
This may or may not be the desired margins, so you can keep them or
move them with the mouse before committing with the [done] button. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="voodoo"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Voodoo
Enhance</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a fast automatic image
enhancement with limited capability.
This is sometimes effective and "good enough" for rapidly processing
many photos. There is no dialog - the modification is simply done when
the menu is selected. Reject the change with the [undo] button if
desired. The modification consists of a slight flattening of the
brightness distribution, an expansion of the brightness range if less
than the full range is used, and a slight increase in the color
saturation, more for darker areas of the image than brighter areas. The
effect is sometimes minimal or even negative. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="retouch_combo"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Retouch Combo</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function
handles all aspects
of adjusting image brightness
and color: overall brightness and contrast, brightness curves (overall
and per color), color saturation, color temperature, white balance and
black level. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 262px; height: 415px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/retouch-combo.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">brightness curves, overall and by
RGB color</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">x-axis is initial brightness,
y-axis is revised brightness</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This example shows a reduction of
brightness for </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">darker image areas, and an increase
for brighter areas.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
<br>
<br>
<br>
Use the sliders for brightness and
contrast to optimize</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">the image. This may be adequate for
most photos.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To fine tune brightness and
contrast, edit the curves</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">using the mouse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 655px; height: 190px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>amplifier<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>increases or decreases
the effect of the brightness edit curves<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>brightness<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>moves the entire curve up
or down<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>contrast<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>moves the curve lower and
upper
parts in opposite directions<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>low color / high<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>increases or decreases
color saturation<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>warmer / cooler<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>adjusts color temperature
(reddish <--> blueish)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>dark
areas / bright<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>apply color changes to
darker / all / brighter image areas <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>brightness distribution<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>show a brightness
distribution graph in the curve edit window<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>click for white balance<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>enables the mouse to
click
on a black point or gray / white point<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Settings File<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>dialog settings can be
saved in a file and loaded later for use with other images<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">After making initial adjustments
using the sliders, you can fine tune
brightness and contrast by editing the curves with the mouse to change
which parts of the image have increased or decreased brightness
or contrast. The ALL curve adjusts all colors, and the RGB curves
adjust individual colors. Use ALL first, then make revisions using RGB.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"> Dark - Bright
image areas</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This modifies the operation of the
color adjustments to affect
primarily darker or brighter image areas. Leave in the middle to adjust
all areas equally. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Checkbox: Brightness Distribution</span><br>
If checked, a brightness distribution graph is drawn inside the curve
edit window. The graph is live and changes as the dialog controls are
changed. The edit curve overlays the graph and may still be edited.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Checkbox:
click for white balance or
black level</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If checked, mouse clicks on the
image are used to set a black point and / or white balance (otherwise
clicks
on the image will zoom the image as usual). If you click on a fairly
bright gray or white spot on the image, this will be used as a white
balance set point, and the image RGB colors will be shifted to make
this spot pure gray or white. This is the easiest way to correct a
photo with an overall color tint because of bad lighting. You can use
the
warmer-cooler slider after clicking, and this correction will be added
to the prior result.
If you click on a very dark spot on the image, this will be used
as a black set point, and the image RGB colors will be shifted to make
this spot black. This is one way to reduce fogginess in a photo, or
make the background sky look black instead of gray in a long-exposure
astronomy photo. The All curve base node will be shifted to
the right to reflect the new black point.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Settings File<br>
</span>Load button - load all dialog settings (including the curves)
from a file chosen by the user<br>
Save button - save all dialog settings to a file chosen by the user<br>
This can help speed up processing when the same or similar settings can
be used for multiple photos made under the same conditions.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Buttons</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Reset - set all controls back to a
neutral position - image is also
reset</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Prev - set all controls to the
values used for the previous image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Done - finish the edit, close the
dialog, save the control settings</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Cancel - cancel the edit, reset the
image, close the dialog</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can use the [Prev] button when
processing a series of images made
under the same lighting and therefore needing the same or nearly the
same adjustments. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="tone_mapping"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tone
Mapping</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 250px; height: 268px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/tone-mapping.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Tone mapping increases the
apparent brightness range of an image by increasing local contrast. It
is especially useful to improve HDR images, but can also be applied to
any image. HDR images often seem "flat" because the contrast between
nearby pixels has been reduced to make the overall contrast fit within
the available range. Tone Mapping increases the contrast between nearby
pixels without increasing the overall contrast. It relies on the nature
of human vision: contrast within a small angle is perceived more
strongly than contrast over a large angle. Tone mapping can bring out
subtle details (low contrast) that would otherwise be hard to notice.
Other methods can also be used: adjusting a brightness curve can
increase contrast for a selected brightness range (possibly at the
expense of others). Flattening the brightness distribution can spread
the available contrast (brightness range) more evenly. Increasing color
saturation can also bring out more detail. These methods operate
globally: all pixels of a given color and brightness are processed the
same. Tone mapping processes pixels differently depending on the
brightness of surrounding pixels and is more effective at enhancing
detail and the perceived brightness range. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">In the dialog, the graphic curve
determines how much local contrast is
increased depending on initial local contrast. The left end of the
x-axis corresponds to low-contrast pixels and the right end
high-contrast pixels. Raise the left side of the curve to increase the
contrast of low-contrast pixels (but this will also enhance low-level
noise). The Amplify slider below the curve regulates the internal
algorithmic calculation, from no contrast amplification on the left to
full amplification on the right. If moved too far to the right, the
image may show artifacts (bright or dark "rays"), so push it back until
these disappear. The curve can be dragged with the mouse and its effect
on the image will show up in a second or so (depending on image size
and CPU speed). The amplify slider also needs time to show up in the
image. If more contrast is wanted, raise the curve. If uniform areas
(e.g. sky) become mottled, pull the left end of the curve down to
reduce amplification for low-contrast pixels. In some cases it will be
best to select different areas of the image and process them
separately, e.g. more conservative for sky, more aggressive for
textured surfaces like stone walls. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="adjust_brdist"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Brightness
Distribution</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 574px; height: 240px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/brightness-distribution.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Flatten:</span>
This is a fast and
easy way to compensate for a common limitation in photos: the
brightness range is inadequate, or areas of the image have nearly the
same brightness and details are lost. This function redistributes the
pixel brightness so that each brightness level is more equally
represented. Technically, the brightness distribution is made more
uniform (flatter). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Move the slider and watch the
image, which may lag a moment. Some
images will show good results, others may not be helped or even become
worse. Using this function within a selected area is often very
effective. Edge blending may be needed to make the boundary invisible.
A bright monotone area (typically sky) may show "banding" (stripes or
patches with brightness steps large enough to notice). This is caused
when a narrow brightness range gets spread apart, with larger gaps
between the new brightness levels. Example: a region with pixel
brightness levels of 250-255 in steps of 1 is spread out so that the
new brightness levels are 235-255 with steps of 4. Use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Deband</span>
slider to reduce this effect, especially in the brighter image areas. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Darken
and
Brighten:</span> These
functions expand the brightness range of an image that does not utilize
the full brightness range available, possibly making contrast-poor. You
can see this in the brightness distribution graph. If the distribution
shows no or few pixels at the extreme low and high ends of the
horizontal scale, the image may benefit from expanding the brightness
range. This means that the darkest pixels are made darker and / or the
brightest pixels are made brighter. Move the sliders to extend the
brightness range while observing the image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="resize"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Resize Image
(aka rescale)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 255px; height: 226px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/resize.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function sets a new image
width and height. You can input the new pixel width and height directly
or choose a percent change for width and height. Buttons are present
for setting the new size to 3/4, 2/3, 1/2, 1/3, or 1/4 of the original
size. Using one of these ratios will minimize loss of resolution. The
<span style="font-weight: bold;">[Prev]</span> button recalls the
settings
previously used, which is convenient if multiple images are being set
to the same size. If
the lock ratio box is checked, the original width / height ratio will
be preserved, meaning that if one dimension is changed, the other
dimension will be changed to match. The change is made immediately, but
the image will look the same unless it becomes smaller than the window,
causing a visible shrinkage. Leave the dialog with [done] to save the
changes or [cancel] to keep the original size. The image file size
(status bar) is not updated until the modified image is saved.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="flip_image"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Flip
Image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Choose either horizontal or
vertical flip from the dialog. The image is
reversed (mirrored) vertically or horizontally. Repeating the flip
restores the original image. Doing both a horizontal and vertical flip
is the same as a 180 degree rotation. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="add_text"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Add Text to Image</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 410px; height: 322px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/add-text.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Write text directly on the image.
Enter the text into the dialog. Multiple lines can be used. After
entering the text, left-click the mouse where you want the text on the
image. Click or drag to move the text elsewhere. Right click to remove
the text. Use the [Font] button to select a different font. Use the
[Size] control to increase or decrease the text size. Use the [Angle]
control to change the slant angle of the text. The other controls allow
you to provide a background color around the text, a text outline
color, and a shadow effect. You can select the color and transparency
for all of these. The width control adjusts the width of outlines and
shadows. The shadow angle control sets the slant angle of the shadow.
The [apply] button makes the current text permanent, so you can start a
new one without leaving the dialog. The [Open] and [Save] buttons start
a file chooser dialog with which you can load or save all text data
from or to a file. All the items in the dialog are loaded or saved, so
you can keep a collection of often-used text strings and settings. The
Metadata buttons allow you to retrieve the image caption or comments,
which will be put into the Text input field. From there you can modify
it as needed. The modifications are not written back to the image
metadata. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 483px; height: 216px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/add-text2.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Making
a
Watermark:</span> use a text transparency of 70% or more and a
background transparency of 100%. The text should be faint but readable.
To add a "relief" effect, use Select Area to put a box around the text
and use the function Effects > Embossing to give the text an
appearance of depth. <br>
<br>
<a name="add_lines"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Add Lines / Arrows to Image</span><br>
<img style="width: 396px; height: 290px;" alt="" src="images/add-lines.jpg" vspace="5"><br clear="all">
Write lines or arrows
directly on the image.
Enter a line length and width into the dialog, and select an arrow head
if wanted. Left-click the mouse where you want to place it on the
image. Drag the ends of the line/arrow to position it on the image.
Right click to remove it. The dialog controls allow
you to provide a background color, an outline
color, and a shadow effect. You can select the color and transparency
for all of these. The width control adjusts the width of outlines and
shadows. The shadow angle control sets the slant angle of the shadow.
The [apply] button makes the current line / arrow permanent, so you can
start a
new one without leaving the dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="brightness_ramp"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Brightness
Ramp</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 238px; height: 316px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/brightness-ramp.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This example shows brightening of
the</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">upper right image quadrant.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function varies the
brightness across an image, with the direction and magnitude of the
brightness slope determined by editable curves. You can use this to
compensate for uneven lighting or vignetting (darker image corners).
The function dialog displays two editable curves, horizontal and
vertical. The horizontal curve adjusts brightness horizontally, and the
vertical curve adjusts brightness vertically. Move the curves in the
directions labeled "+" and "‒" to increase or decrease the image
brightness in the corresponding image area. To remove vignetting in the
image corners, move both ends of both curves in the "+" direction while
fixing the middle areas or even moving them in the "‒" direction. To
brighten the upper right corner, move the right end of the horizontal
curve and the upper end of the vertical curve in the "+" direction, as
in the example above. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If used with a selected area, the
scales refer to the enclosing
rectangle of the area instead of the whole image. Thus you can select
an area of an image and apply a brightness ramp across the area. If the
button "all" is selected (default) then all colors are adjusted equally
(i.e. brightness is adjusted). If one of the colors is selected, the
image is adjusted for that color only, and the "all" curve is ignored.
Any or all three RGB colors may be adjusted in this manner. You can use
this to remove a color-caste that varies across an image or image area.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="paint_edits"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Paint
Edits</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 274px; height: 207px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/paint-edits.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use this function in combination
with some other retouch edit function. Specify a mouse radius and
"power" factors for the mouse center and radius edge. Start a
retouch edit function if not already active. The mouse pointer will be
surrounded by a circle with the specified radius. When the mouse is
dragged over an area of the image, the current retouch function is
applied within the circle. The strength of the function is regulated by
the power factors. Typically you will use a high value at the center
and zero at the edge, meaning that the strength of the edit will be
maximum at the center, changing gradually to zero at the edge of the
circle. As you drag the mouse over the same area repeatedly, the edits
are slowly accumulated. For example, if the edit function is Retouch
Combo, and the brightness curve is moved upward (brighten), then the
image
will slowly brighten in the area where the
mouse is dragged. This is called dodge
and burn
in some image editors, referring to an old darkroom procedure for
changing the exposure level for selected image areas. In this case, you
can use many edit functions effectively.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use the [undo] and [redo] buttons
to monitor the change, which
may be hard to notice at first. Set the center power to 100 to make
faster changes (with less fine control). Use a left-button drag to
weaken the edit or ultimately erase it. When done using one edit
function in one or more image areas, use the [done] button on the edit
dialog to complete the edit. Use the [reset area] button on the Paint
Edits dialog to erase the active area that is now left over from the
mouse dragging. If you leave this area active and start a new edit
function, the results may be strange (all previous painting is
immediately applied to the new function).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A suggested approach is: (1) start
the Paint Edits dialog, (2) start an
edit function with its initial settings (the effect on the image will
be zero since no mouse dragging has been done), (3) drag the mouse over
the desired areas and watch the effect, (4) adjust the edit function
settings, (5) alternate between the previous two steps. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This method to "paint" a retouch
function incrementally can improve
selected areas of an image quickly and easily. It works with any edit
function that can use selected areas. The most useful are Retouch
Combo, Brightness Distribution, Tone
Mapping, Sharpen, Blur, Reduce Noise. Most of the Color and Effects
functions can also be used. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"><a name="lever_edits"></a><br>
Leverage Edits<br>
<img style="width: 288px; height: 313px;" alt="" src="images/leverage-edits.jpg" vspace="5"><br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">It is sometimes effective to
apply
a retouching function "leveraged" by some image attribute, e.g. apply
noise reduction to darker areas of the image while leaving brighter
areas alone. To do this, use Leverage Edits.
Choose brightness or contrast as the controlling attribute (lever). The
lever may be for a single RGB color or for all colors. The editable
graph controls how subsequent edit functions are applied to the image.
The x-axis is the selected lever (brightness or contrast), from minimum
to maximum value. The y-axis value governs how strongly an edit
function affects a pixel having the attribute value on the x-axis. A
low y-value minimizes the effect, and a high y-value maximizes it. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Example: apply tone mapping
primarily to dark pixels: Start Tone
Mapping, then start start Leverage Edits and drag the curve so that
high values are on the left
(dark pixels) and low values are in the middle and on the right (bright
pixels). You can edit either curve (leverage curve,
tone mapping curve) while watching the resulting image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big><span style="font-weight: bold;">Repair
Menu</span></big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="sharpen"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Sharpen
Image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 316px; height: 267px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/sharpen.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function sharpens a blurry
image. Three methods are implemented: unsharp mask, gradient and
Kuwahara. Unsharp mask: a fast and effective
method also found in Gimp and other apps. A technical description can
be found via Google. Gradient: steepens brightness transition areas
directly, somewhat like tone-mapping. Kuwahara: surrounding
neighborhoods of pixels above, below, left and right of a pixel are
compared to each-other. The pixel is given the mean color of the
neighborhood with the smallest variance in brightness. This forces
pixels on a blurry edge to move to one side of the edge or the other.
Edges are made very sharp, but details can be lost.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 495px; height: 249px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/sharpen4.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The radius value limits the
distance over which pixels around an edge
are changed. It should be small for images that are slightly fuzzy and
larger for poorer images. Amount controls the strength of the
modification. Threshold suppresses changes to low-contrast pixels: a
higher values
reduces the amplification of low-level irregularities (image noise,
uneven skin tones, etc.).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Press the button for the method
selected and wait a few seconds to see
the result. Make
changes and repeat the process until satisfied. You can go back and
forth among the methods to compare which is best for a given image. Use
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#select_area">Select Area</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> to operate on different parts of
an image with different
methods and parameters. <br>
<br>
</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="blur"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Blur
image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can be used to blur
or un-sharpen an image. Each pixel is
mixed with neighboring pixels to reduce the differences, making edges
fuzzy. Enter a value for blur radius and press [apply] to see the
results. A small value mixes each pixel with its nearest neighbors and
larger values mix more distant pixels. The contribution from each pixel
decreases with distance, so the nearest pixels have the greatest
contribution. This function is useful to smooth mottled skin tones. You
can use "select area" to limit the blur to a face or part of a face.
This is also a way to cure "banding" in sky areas (this can happen if
image retouch functions cause the distribution to spread out, making
the brightness steps perceptible). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="reduce_noise"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Reduce Noise</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 386px; height: 212px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/denoise.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><img style="width: 298px; height: 439px;" alt="" src="images/denoise2.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br>
This function reduces the noise
present in photos taken under poor lighting conditions, making uniform
surfaces appear speckled. It also works for scanned prints, as in the
example here. You may choose among the methods provided,
and mixing them (using one and then another) is often helpful. When an
[apply] buttons is pressed, the corresponding noise reduction method is
applied to the image, using the corresponding setting
(radius or threshold). Each new [apply] uses the modified image from
the previous [apply], so each use will have increasing impact. With a
large image, these algorithms may run a long time. To save time, </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#select_area">select</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
a small area and experiment with the
different methods and settings until you make a decision, then clear
the selected area and apply the chosen method(s) to the whole image.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Here is a short technical
description of each method:<br>
<small><small><small><small> </small></small></small></small><br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 657px; height: 128px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; width: 140px;"><small> Flatten
Outliers 1</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>The highest and lowest
pixel
values within a radius are moderated slightly. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Flatten Outliers 2</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Pixels are compared to
the mean
and sigma of pixels within a radius. <br>
Those outside one sigma are moved slightly back toward the mean. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Median Brightness </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Pixels are set to the
median
value of their neighbors within a radius. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Top Hat</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Detect outliers by
comparison
with a band of pixels at a distance. <br>
The distance is increased in steps from 1 pixel to the radius
limit.</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Wavelets </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Image brightness (with
noise)
over distance is converted into a series of wave functions that
nearly
sum to brightness and represent an approximation with less noise.
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The wavelets algorithm was adapted
from code found in a Gimp plug-in.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The first version was written by
Dave Coffin for the program Dcraw. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="smart_erase"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Smart Erase</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 289px; height: 196px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/smart-erase.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can be used to erase
small objects that can spoil a good photo, such as power lines, trash
on the ground, a sign, etc. The unwanted object is replaced with pixels
taken from the surrounding area. This is sometimes very effective
(side-effects almost invisible), and sometimes not. It works best for
small or narrow objects in the photo (e.g. <20 pixels wide). Radius
controls the size of a circle around the mouse pointer, defining the
area to select and erase. Drag the mouse to enclose all or part of the
object to be removed. Left-drag selects and right-drag un-selects.
Press [Erase] to erase the selected area, replacing the pixels with the
nearest pixels from outside the selection. If the selection was not
precise enough, use [Undo], adjust the selected area, and [Erase]
again. Repeated selections and erasures will accumulate until you use
[New_Area] to start a new selection. The prior erased areas are now
fixed and [Undo] will only work for the current selection. As with all
edit functions, the buttons [Undo] and [Redo] can be used to
review all changes. It is likely best to work with an image zoomed to
200% or more. The Blur control adds blur to the replacement pixels.
This can reduce visible side-effects, since the replacement pixels may
be sharper or have more contrast than the surroundings. Change the Blur
setting and repeat the [Erase] button. A blur of 0.5 or 1 pixel is
usually effective. The [show] and [hide] buttons can be used to show
the outline of the current selection or hide it to better judge the
results after erasing.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="red_eye"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Remove
Red
Eye</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function reduces the red-eye
effect from electronic flash photos.
Two methods are provided. The first is faster but may not handle
difficult cases. The
second method is more robust but also needs more time and care. To use
the first function, left-click on a red-eye one or more times until
satisfied. If the darkened area is too small or off-center, do a
right-click to undo the change and then left-click more precisely on
the center of the red-eye. If a red-eye cannot be fixed correctly,
right-click to undo the change and then use the second method. The
second method can better handle difficult cases where the red-eye is
only slightly red and the color difference with the eyelids is too
little for the automatic algorithm to distinguish. Place the cursor
over the center of the red eye. Hold the left mouse button and drag the
cursor down and to the right. A dotted ellipse will appear enclosing
the red eye. Repeat if needed to get the red eye centered in the
ellipse (roughly). Note that the shape of the ellipse depends on the
direction of the drag, which can allow more precise enclosure of only
the red-eye. Left-click inside the ellipse repeatedly while watching
the red eye darken, and stop when it is dark enough. If you go too far,
the eyelids may start to darken. Right-click to undo and repeat if
necessary.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="paint_clone"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Paint / Clone</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 341px; height: 265px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/paint-clone.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function changes individual
pixels by painting them with
the mouse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If a select area is enabled, the
painting is confined within the area. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Paint Color</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The color button allows you to pick
a color, and shows the
current color. You can also shift + left-click on the image to choose a
color from the image. The "paintbrush radius" control sets a circle
around the mouse pointer which shows the area being painted or erased.
Left drag on the image to paint with the current color. Right drag over
a previously painted area to erase (gradually undo the painting). The
"transparency" controls determine how intensely the color is applied
(or erased) at the center and edges of the circle. Zero transparency
applies the full color immediately whereas a high transparency (90+)
allows you to gradually change the color using multiple drags
(analogous to spray painting from a distance). Erase also works this
way: use zero transparency to immediately erase, and high transparency
to erase gradually. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">NOTE: zoom the image to 100% or
more when using a small brush. If the mouse steps are larger than the
image pixels and a small brush is being used, some pixels may be
skipped by the mouse and cannot be painted.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Copy From Image
(clone)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Instead of one fixed color for all
pixels within the paintbrush
radius, pixels are taken from somewhere else in the image. Shift + left
click on the image to select the source area, then drag on the area to
paint. The source area is painted over the dragged area. The
transparency controls work as described above. This method can be used
to erase an unwanted object, replacing it with background taken from
elsewhere. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The [undo-last] button removes the
last paint or erase operation, and
this can be repeated to remove many recent edits. Each new drag
operation is a unit of work that can be separately erased. The memory
for undo operations is limited to one gigabyte, which can be reached if
you make many edits using a large brush (every change to every pixel is
saved). It is useful to save the image after each satisfactory change
to free this memory. The amount of memory available is displayed in the
dialog, so you can see when the limit is approaching. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The <span style="font-weight: bold;">gradual
paint</span> option
is the most useful and functions as already described. If you de-select
this option, painting and erasing will be sudden instead of gradual. If
you are painting within a select area with edge blending, the painted
changes will be zero at the edges and 100% for pixels beyond "blend
width" from the edges. This works better if "gradual paint" is not
selected.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="remove_dust"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Remove
Dust</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 265px; height: 170px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/remove-dust.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Images made from dusty scanned
slides can have many small dark spots - shadows of the dust on the
slides. This function can be used to remove the majority of such spots.
Move the three sliders until the maximum number of dust spots are
painted red, then press the [erase] button to erase them. Press [red]
to bring back the red view, then you can adjust the sliders again and
press [erase]. The "spot size limit" slider limits the size of the
spots that will be erased. The "max. brightness" slider sets a
threshold for ignoring spots that are not dark enough. The "min.
contrast" slider screens out spots having low contrast with their
surroundings. This process is usually a compromise. If the settings are
not optimal, small features like tree leaves can be erased, or large
spots may be left in place. Different parts of the image may need
different settings, e.g. sky can be treated more aggressively than a
building wall. You can simply use Erase Dust multiple times with
different settings as needed to get all the dust spots. Or you can use
select area to process the image in sections. If some spots are
persistent, you can treat them manually with Smart Erase: set a small
mouse radius and click on each spot to remove it. Spots from fibers
(long and thin) are usually not removed automatically, but Smart Erase
can be effective here. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="anti_alias"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Anti-alias Tool</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 511px; height: 214px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/anti-alias.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can reduce pixelation
(aka "jaggies" or "stair steps") in
a low-resolution image. Press the [apply] button to make the change,
then [done]. The result is sharper than using the Blur function. The
resulting image is 2x the size of the original. It may be useful to
apply sharpening afterwards. <span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
<br>
Note:</span> this
tool is only effective
for pixelation with single-pixel "steps". If the image has been resized
larger (steps are larger than 1 pixel) the algorithm does not work. It
thinks the steps are legitimate because they are big. Pixelation in
photos normally occurs only when a photo has been downsized and then
upsized. Pixelation is not a problem with normal photography - lens
blur is generally larger than the camera sensor pixel size.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="chromatic"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fix Color Fringes</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 664px; height: 217px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/chromatic.jpg" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to reduce
chromatic abberation. Look
carefully at the left photo, taken from inside a church. It has color
fringes that were mostly eliminated in the processed image to the right
(these images are 400% size and not very sharp). Color fringes can
appear along high-contrast edges, especially in the outer image areas
where lens distortions are usually greatest. To get rid of them, zoom
the image to a maximum size and center on an area with color fringes.
Move the slider controls slowly while watching the image, and leave
them where the color fringes are minimized. To speed up the response
time, select a small area first (Area > Select), optimize the color
fringes in this area, then remove the area before pressing [done] so
that the entire image will get the final corrections. The corrections
are scaled so that the maximum correction is at the image edges and the
correction at the center is zero. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="stuck_pixels"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fix Stuck Pixels
(always bright or
dark)</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 281px; height: 160px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/stuck-pixels.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Camera sensors may have defects
causing isolated pixels to be always bright or always dark. This may be
one RGB color or all of them. I have seen a case where a group of 3x3
pixels was always too red. This function can find such pixels in an
image and repair them by substituting neighboring pixels. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select the defect sizes to search
for: 1 pixel, 4 pixels in a 2x2
block, or 9 pixels in a 3x3 block. The defects found are surrounded by
small circles which you can toggle between write, black and red.
Zoom-in to inspect these and determine if they are real defects. Use
the contrast control to precisely select the defects. If set too low,
small high-contrast spots in the image may be erroneously selected. If
set too high, real defects may be missed. Use the [apply] button to
erase the defects in the current image. You can apply the function many
times using different settings if needed. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The currently shown (encircled)
defective pixels can be saved to a file
by using the [save] button. This file can be used later to fix the
defects in any image made by the same camera: use the [open] button,
select the saved defects file, then use the [apply] button to fix the
current image. Using a saved defects file from one image to fix the
defects in another image will only work if the two images have never
been trimmed, or if exactly the same trim was applied to both images.
This is necessary because the defective pixels in the two images must
have the same locations. If more than one contrast setting or pixel
group selection is needed to accurately find all the defects in one
image, you can save the respective defect files and combine them
manually into one file. Use any text editor for this. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">I suggest you
make a test images to find defects: Make a photo of a paper sheet or
blank wall that is underexposed to come out gray. This image can be
used to find both bright and dark stuck pixels. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="shift_colors"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Shift Colors</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 264px; height: 138px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/shift-colors.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function converts an image
into false colors. Choose any of the three RGB colors and move the
slider left or right from the center. One of the two other colors will
be substituted in a graduated manner, reaching 100% replacement at the
slider end positions. For example, you can gradually substitute green
or blue for the color red. The "All" slider shifts all colors together.
Do this first to find a first optimum, then shift the RGB colors
individually.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="color_mode"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Color
Mode</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use this function to make a black
and white or color negative, or
convert a negative image into a positive image, or convert to sepia
coloring (a modified black / white conversion for an aged photo
effect). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select one of the four buttons:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> black / white
positive
- convert a color image to
black and white </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> black / white
negative - convert to black and white
and reverse brightness</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> color positive -
do nothing at all, or undo one of
the others</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> color negative -
replace each RGB color with its
compliment </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> sepia - convert
to a modified black and white for an
aged photo effect </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Color negative: Each RGB color is
replaced with the maximum value - the
color value. For example, if the RGB colors (% of maximum) are
20/40/60, then the negative color is 80/60/40. Doing this twice brings
back the original colors. This produces complimentary colors as
follows: red becomes cyan, green becomes magenta, and blue becomes
yellow.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Sepia: This is like a conversion to
black and white, but a shade of
brown called sepia is added to the shades of gray. This makes a photo
look like a very old photo from the early days of photography. Many
cameras and photo edit programs have this feature. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="color_profile"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Color
Profile</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use this function to change from
the normal sRGB color profile to some
other RGB color profile. If you have images with Adobe RGB color, you
can change them to sRGB for display on a monitor using sRGB (normally
the case). You may need to install ICC color profiles. In Ubuntu, the
package names are "icc-profiles" and "icc-profiles-free". </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="match_colors"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Match Colors</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 237px; height: 207px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/match-colors.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function matches the colors
in one image to those in another. A small spot, determined from a mouse
click, is sampled from each image. The spot on the 2nd image will be
made to have the same average color (RGB values) as the spot from the
1st image. The factors used to make the RGB values the same are then
applied to all the pixels in the 2nd image. The most common use is to
remove a color-cast from an image by marking a spot on the image that
should have a given color which was taken from another image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Procedure: The dialog lists 5 steps
to take in sequence. (1) Set a
radius for the spot sample. The mouse cursor will have a circle of this
radius which is the spot area that will be sampled. (2) Open the 1st
image (press the [open] button for a file open dialog). If the current
image is already the one you want, this step can be skipped. (3) Click
on the image to take a color sample from the spot area enclosed by the
mouse circle. You can change the radius and click again if wanted. (4)
Open the 2nd image by pressing the [open] button. (5) Click on the
image at the spot you want to match the spot color from the 1st image.
The image colors will change within a second or two. You can change the
radius and click on another spot if wanted, and the colors will change
accordingly. Click the dialog [done] or [cancel] button to finish. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="revise_RGB"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Revise RGB</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 292px; height: 454px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/revise-RGB.jpg" align="left" hspace="8" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This
function
can be used to make complex color corrections, whereby
different parts of the image need different corrections. Select up to 9
control points on the image by clicking them with the mouse. The points
are added to the list in the dialog window, with the most recent point
at the top. The points are labeled A-I in the list and on the image
window. The current RGB values are shown (or EV or OD units if
selected). Change the RGB / EV / OD values in the dialog, and the image
will be changed to match. Each pixel in the image is influenced by all
the control points in the dialog, with the closer control points having
more influence than those farther away. The slider Blend determines how
widely the control points spread their influence. If
"delta" is checked, the values shown are the deltas (differences) from
the original image.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="CMYK"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">CMYK</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 439px; height: 140px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/cmyk.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to change
overall brightness and contrast, or
that of selected colors. The settings are retained within and across
Fotoxx sessions, so this function can be used to process multiple
photos made under the same lighting conditions and needing the same (or
nearly) adjustments. Use the [reset] button to restore all inputs to
neutral values.</span><small style="font-family: sans-serif;"><small><small><br>
</small></small></small><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 565px; height: 101px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Brightness</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Increase or
decrease overall image brightness<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>+Red
- Cyan <br>
etc.<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Increase or
decrease the brightness of one RGB color <br>
and change complimentary colors in the opposite direction<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Contrast<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Increase or
decrease the overall image contrast<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Red, etc.<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Increase or
decrease the contrast of individual RGB colors<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">Bend
Menu</big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="unbend"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Unbend
Image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 495px; height: 509px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/unbend.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Panoramas of nearby subjects
(typically buildings or interior rooms) may show straight lines that
are curved, or buildings that are slanted. Bending of the images is
necessary in the panorama process in order for the images to fit
together. For landscapes this may not be noticeable.
The unbend function can be used to straighten the image. Vertical and
horizontal dotted lines are
drawn over the image, showing the unbend axes. Click or drag the mouse
near the end of a line to move it. Input values for horizontal and
vertical unbend and watch the effect on the image. Increase or decrease
the values and repeat until satisfied. Move the axes to change the
centers of unbending. The linear values will slant the image left /
right
or top / bottom edges to remove slant. The curved values will
straighten
the image curving that comes from making a panorama. See also "Warp
Image" for another method of correcting image curving and perspective.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="perspective"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fix Perspective</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 407px; height: 282px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/keystone.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can be used to
straighten a photo made from an offset angle. The painting on the left
is the original photo, taken from below and left of center, to reduce
reflections. The painting on the right is the straightened version.
This function can also be used to straighten a building photographed
from below or from the side. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Click on the four corners of the
tetragon shape that you want to make
into a rectangle (in the above case, the four corners of the painting
or frame), then select [apply]. Use [reset] to go back and try again if
needed. The clicked corners are labeled with small letters A, B, C, D.
The upper left corner of the square enclosing the letter precisely
marks the corner position. Clicking near a corner will move it to the
new position. After the 4th corner is defined, a new click replaces the
closest corner.<br>
<br>
You can use the keyboard arrow keys to move the corner markers in
1-pixel steps. The arrow keys work on the last corner selected or moved
with the mouse. <br clear="all">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="Warp"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Warp an Image
(distort) </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 612px; height: 372px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/warps.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="warp_area"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp
area</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can be used to make
distortions within an image. You can
select an image area and drag the mouse to stretch this area with
respect to the rest of the image. The image is like rubber. If the
mouse drag begins within the selected area, then the
area is warped within its current boundaries - the movement is maximum
at the mouse pointer and declines to zero at the edges of the selected
area. If the mouse drag begins outside the selected area, the area
edges near the mouse can be pulled out beyond the original area
boundary. Many mouse drags of different lengths and directions can be
combined to achieve the desired results. When finished, you can select
another area and do some more warping, or select [done] to exit the
function. The method used limits loss of resolution from repeated
warps: for each warp step, the total movement of each pixel is
accumulated and the original image is warped to the latest pixel
positions. The pixels are interpolated to reduce jaggies and improve
sharpness. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="warp_curved"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp
curved</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is useful to correct
perspective problems (see also </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#unbend">Unbend</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). Drag
the image from any position, using
the mouse. The entire image will be pulled or pushed in the direction
of the mouse, but areas near the mouse are moved more than more distant
areas. You can straighten curved lines or deliberately curve the image.
The control [warp span] determines the radius of warping around the
mouse. 1.0 means the full image is warped, and smaller values confine
the warp to smaller areas around the mouse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="warp_linear"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp
linear</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is useful to correct
perspective problems (see also </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#unbend">Unbend</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">). Drag
the image from any position, using
the mouse. The entire image will be pulled or pushed in the direction
of the mouse, but areas near the mouse are moved more than more distant
areas. You can straighten curved lines or deliberately curve the image.
This function works over a broader area than the curved warp and causes
less image curvature. To minimize the addition of curvature, pull only
on the image corners. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="warp_affine"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Warp
affine</span> <br>
This function can
be used to warp an image in interesting ways. Drag the image from a
corner or edge using the mouse. The changes are purely linear so
straight lines remain straight. This transform is called "affine".
Technical details can be found with Google. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="flatten_book"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Flatten Book Page</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 552px; height: 476px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/flatbook.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function can flatten a
photographed page from a book. If the book is thick, the pages bend
downward at the binding, and the photographed text is squeezed
together. This function straightens the top and bottom edges of the
page and unsqueezes the text. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Photo Procedure</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">First, make the photo as good as
possible to minimize the needed
corrections. The page curvature can be reduced by holding the book
half-opened. Place the camera over the center of the page, so that the
top and bottom edge curves look roughly equal. Use lots of illumination
to increase the depth of field, to insure the curved-down part of the
page remains in sharp focus. Two persons working together can
photograph 1-2 pages per minute. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx Procedure</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">First, trim the image, keeping all
of the page but little more. Rotate
the page if needed. Start the Flatten function. Click the mouse along
the top edge, creating visible dots at the clicked points. After 4+
points are available, a curved line is drawn through the points. Add
more points and drag the points as needed to make the line conform
closely to the page edge. Repeat for the bottom edge. Press [flatten]
to flatten the page. The edges should now be straight (or straight
enough). The text near the binding is still squeezed together.
Unsqueeze the text by pulling the top and bottom sliders. The text is
spread out in a way that is proportional the the slope of the top and
bottom page edges, so the area near the binding is stretched the most.
The [undo] button restores the unmodified image and the edited dots,
which can now be adjusted. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">Effects
Menu</big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="color_depth"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Color
Depth</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function changes the normal 16
bits per RGB color (red, green,
blue) to any value between 1 and 16 bits per color. At 8 bits per
color, there are 16.8 million total color combinations. At 4 bits per
color there are only 4096 total colors. Use 1-4 bits for an interesting
"poster" effect. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="sketch"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Sketch</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 647px; height: 207px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/sketch.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transforms a photo
into something like a pencil
sketch. Dark pixels are aggregated into fewer pixels, leaving vacated
areas brighter. Contrast can also be used as a proxy for dark pixels.
"Threshold" can be used to filter the input image by brightness. "Clip
Level" is used to filter the output to further reduce isolated or
marginally dark pixels. The
Negative checkbox causes black and white to be interchanged. Two
algorithms are provided - results may look more interesting with one or
the other (subjective). Reducing the size of the input image may also
give more interesting results. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="line_drawing"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Line Drawing</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 697px; height: 240px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/line_drawing.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transforms a photo
into a line drawing showing outlines of objects within the image. Edges
(sharp transitions in brightness or color) in the image are brightened,
and the rest of the image is darkened. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">There are three sliding controls.
Outline threshold: how bright an edge
must be in order to get enhanced, from "show no edges" at the low end
to "show all edges" (even faint ones) at the high end. Outline width:
width of the enhanced edges, from 1-pixel to about 5 pixels. Image
brightness: brightness of the image itself, from dark (show only the
outlines) to full brightness. The black / white checkbox converts the
image from color to black and white, and the negative checkbox makes a
negative image (colors are
replaced with their compliments). <br>
<br>
<a name="color_drawing"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Drawing</span><br clear="all">
</span><img src="images/color_drawing.jpg" alt="" style="width: 259px; height: 488px; font-family: sans-serif;" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
This function transforms a photo into a solid color image that looks
like an illustration. The Threshold slider separates the image into
brighter and darker areas, with the boundary set at a brightness level
determined by the slider. The other two sliders regulate the brightness
of these two areas. At the settings shown here (Dark Areas pushed left,
Bright Areas pushed right), the darker areas are black and the brighter
areas as as bright as possible with intense coloration. If the sliders
are moved to the opposite sides, the original image is restored. Move
the sliders until the image is optimized. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
This function can be used to clean up a smudgy blackboard or whiteboard
image by separating the writing cleanly from the background (if the
background smudges are weaker than the writing). It may help to apply
Sharpen to the image beforehand, to increase the contrast of the
writing. Use the unsharp mask method with a large radius. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="grad_blur"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Graduated Blur</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 510px; height: 258px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/grad_blur.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> This is another function to blur
an image, but it works differently. In the dialog, you specify a
contrast limit and a blur radius. Only pixels with less contrast than
the given limit are blurred, and the blur radius ranges from 1 to the
given value for pixels with a corresponding contrast ranging from the
given limit to zero. In short: low contrast pixels are blurred more
than high contrast pixels. This can be used, for example, to smooth
skin tones without blurring hair or reducing the sparkel in the eyes.
Taken to extremes, it produces a "cartoon" effect, especially when used
in combination with other retouch and effects functions.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="embossing"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Embossing</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transforms a photo
into a simulated relief or embossed
image. The "radius" setting determines the feature size or level of
detail. The "depth" setting determines how deep the features go into
the surface. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="tiles"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tiles</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transforms a photo
into an array of large monocolor
tiles. You can control the tile size and the thickness of the gap
between tiles. This is also called "pixelate" or "pixelize". Use Select
Area to confine the transform to a limited area, such as a face. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="dot_matrix"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Dots</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 308px; height: 235px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/dots.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transforms a photo
into a array of dots, like a comic
book picture or Roy Lichtenstein painting. The
only control is the dot size. Also experiment with using color
saturation, color depth, or other functions before and after using
Dots. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="painting"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Painting</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function transform a photo
into something looking more like a
painting. It reduces the number of colors, maps each contiguous pixel
area having the same color, and then consolidates smaller areas into
adjacent larger areas having the best color match. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Four user settings control this
process: "color depth" sets the number
of colors to be used (bits per RGB color). 1 = 8 colors, 2 = 64 colors
... 5 = 32768 colors; "patch area goal" sets a lower limit for
areas that will have their own color: areas smaller than this number of
pixels will be absorbed into an adjacent area with the nearest color
match; "req. color match" sets the minimum color match required for a
smaller area to be consolidated into an adjacent larger area: 0 = don't
care (maximum consolidation), 100 = perfect match required (no
consolidation); "borders" determines whether the colored areas will be
delineated with a thin black border, like irregular tiles in a mosaic.
After using this function, using the Embossing function can add
interesting texture to the image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="vignette"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Vignette</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function is used to highlight
or colorize an object or area
within an image.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 582px; height: 285px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/vignette.jpg"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Click or drag the mouse on
the image to change the vignette center,
which is initially at the center of the image. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select Brightness to change
the brightness of the image in a radial
pattern: Adjust the left or right end of the curve to change the
brightness of the center and edges of the image respectively. You can
give a dark surround to a portrait face, or you can fix an image with
darkened corners. The curve middle level corresponds to no change. Use
lower
values to darken and higher values to brighten. The example above
gradually darkens the periphery of the image while leaving a broad
central area unchanged. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select Color to add a chosen color
to the image in a radial pattern.
Curve values of zero (at the bottom of the box) represent no change,
and higher values add the chosen color to the image. The amount is
regulated by the curve value. The highest value (top) corresponds to
100% color. Use this function to add a color surround to an image, e.g.
surround a face with a gradually increasing color. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="texture"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Texture</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 183px; height: 145px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/texture.jpg" align="left" hspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This
function
adds a textured surface to an image or </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#select_area">selected
areas</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> within an image. Radius
determines the texture pattern size. Strength determines the intensity
of the pattern, from almost invisible to dominant. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="pattern"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Pattern</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Add a background pattern to an
image. A small image file (pattern file)
is used to cover the current image by duplicating the file, like a
tiled floor. This file can
be a real pattern (e.g. an image of canvas cloth, a brick wall, a
repeating geometry ...), or any other kind of image. The pattern is
made semi-transparent, so that the base image appears to be printed
over the pattern, or the pattern over the image. Many
pattern files can be found using a Google
search for "pattern image". Download some of these and trim them if
needed to a size around 200-500 pixels. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 537px; height: 440px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/pattern.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use the </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">[Browse]</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> button to
select a pattern file. </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;"></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The
selected pattern will cover the base image. The
pattern is partly transparent so that the base image shows through.
Adjust </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Opacity</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> until you have
the right
mix of base image and pattern. Use </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Zoom</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
to grow or shrink the pattern size. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Width</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> and </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Height</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> are initially set to
the size of the pattern file. You can adjust these smaller, which
will cause less of the pattern to be used for duplication. If the
pattern file contains an image that repeats at fixed intervals both
horizontally and vertically, the </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">[Calculate]</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
button can be used to set width
and height to match. The result will be a continuous pattern without
any edge effects. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If the pattern is irregular and
edge effects appear where the duplicated
patterns are joined, you may be able to improve this. Use </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Width</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> and </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Height</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> to revise what part of the
pattern image is used. The two </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Overlap</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
values determine how much the duplicated patterns overlap at
the edges, horizontally and vertically. Add some overlap to mask edge
effects. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#select_area">Select Area</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> can be used to apply a pattern
to part of an image, or different patterns to different parts. After
applying a pattern to an image, it might be interesting to use </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#embossing">Embossing</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
or </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#tone_mapping">Tone
Mapping</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> to add a 3-D effect to
the pattern. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Usefull pattern files in
LibreOffice: </span><big style="font-family: monospace;"><a href="/usr/lib/libreoffice/share/gallery/www-back">/usr/lib/libreoffice/share/gallery/www-back</a></big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="mosaic"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Mosaic</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Create a mosaic image using tiles
made from all your images. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 307px; height: 140px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mosaic.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 671px; height: 277px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mosaic2.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Specify the tile size in pixels
(e.g. 36 x 24) and press [Tiles]. Tiles
will be created from all of your images (actually the thumbnail images
are used since their small size makes the process run much faster).
This may take some time (speed is about 11K images / min. using a 5400
rpm disk). If you change the tile dimensions, press [Tiles] again
to regenerate the tiles. This may work much faster since the images
have been cached in memory by the OS. The generated tiles are saved to
a file and loaded again the next time the Mosaic function is used.
Regenerate the tiles only when new images have been added to your
collection or if you change the tile size. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">After the tiles are created, press
[Image] to convert the current image
into a mosaic using these tiles. This takes only a few seconds. You can
process additional images without regenerating the tiles. Tiles are
chosen by matching the average tile color to the average image color at
the tile position. If thousands of images are available and if the
range of colors is good enough, the mosaic will turn out quite good.
Use the mouse wheel (or CTRL+left click) to zoom-in on any part of the
image to see the tile images.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The Tile blending slider will cause
the image to be blended with the
tiles, making it look better if the tiles are a bad color match. If the
blending is less than about 50%, the tiles remain
almost as clear as before (the eye compensates the false tint). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">After a mosaic is created, you can
click on any tile to get a larger
popup image. This is the full image for the tile, so you can drag the
window as large as you like and it will remain sharp. A mosaic image
can be saved like any other edited image, but if a saved mosaic is
opened, clicking the tiles for a bigger image does not work.
Regenerating the mosaic is quite fast, so do this if you want the
popups to work. <br>
<br>
<a name="custom_kernel"></a><br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Custom Kernel<br>
<img style="width: 194px; height: 243px;" alt="" src="images/custom-kernel.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"></span><br>
Apply a custom convolution kernel to an image (a small matrix useful for
blurring,
sharpening, embossing, edge-detection, and more). The underlying
technology is explained in <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kernel_%28image_processing%29">Wikipedia</a>.
Input a kernel size, a divisor, and fill-in the table values. The
values can be saved into a file and retrieved later by using the [Load]
and [Save] buttons.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="make_waves"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Make Waves</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
This function distorts an image into a wave pattern, as if it were
being
viewed through turbulent water. The dialog allows you to
change the mean horizontal and vertical wavelengh, amplitude and
variance. The "perspective" input allows the
wavelengths to gradually lengthen from top to bottom. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">Combine
Menu</big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="HDR"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">High Dynamic
Range Image (HDR) </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Combine (overlay) multiple images
of the same subject with
different exposure levels. The combined image can show improved
visibility of detail in both the darker and brighter areas, in effect
using pixels from the brighter images for the darker areas, and from
the darker images for the brighter areas. Many digital cameras do
exposure bracketing: take multiple shots in quick succession with
different exposure levels. You can combine such images to make a better
one. If the camera is adjusted manually between shots, take care to
keep it level and aim at the same distant point. Some misalignment of
the two images can be tolerated. If things move between shots, ghosting
cannot be avoided.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 321px; height: 307px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/HDR-adjust.jpg" align="left" hspace="8" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Select
the
HDR menu function and select up to 9 images, which must all have
nearly the same pixel dimensions. The
images are aligned and combined automatically. This needs 10 seconds to
a minute or
more per image, depending on image
size and CPU speed. When
done, the combined image is shown, along with a dialog
for manual adjustments. The contributions from the input images are
shown as a series of editable curves. The horizontal scale represents
pixel brightness, from dark to bright. Each curve represents an
image which contributes to the pixels. The image contribution at a
given brightness level is proportional to the height of its curve at
that level. The initial curve for the brightest image will be high on
the left and low on the right, meaning a high contribution to dark
pixels and a low contribution to bright pixels. The darkest image will
be low on the left and high on the right, and the remaining images will
be in-between. The curves can be edited by dragging them with the
mouse. The corresponding image contributions
are changed accordingly, and you can see the results in quasi-real-time
in the output image. In
general, the brightest image should have a higher contribution to the
darker pixels, and the darkest image a higher contribution to the
brighter pixels. You will likely need practice to become effective at
working the curves. A faster and easier alternative may work as well:
after the images are combined, ignore the curves and exit from HDR. Use
various edit functions to refine the image: Brightness Distribution,
Retouch Combo, and Tone Mapping. Select Area can be used to
enclose any area in the image which needs more brightness, color, or
local contrast, so you can apply different methods and parameters to
different areas. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="HDF"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"> High Depth of
Field Image (HDF)
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Combine (overlay) multiple photos
of the same subject with different
focus settings from near to far. Different parts of the subject are in
sharp focus in each image. Combine the images so that all parts of the
subject are sharp. This technique is most useful for extreme close-ups.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Making the photos: choose a point
for the center of the image. Aim the
camera at a near object and depress the shutter button 1/2 way to set
the focus on this object. Hold the button at the 1/2 position, aim the
camera at the chosen center, and snap the photo. Now choose a farther
object and do the same. Repeat with increasing focus distance.
Hopefully each part of the subject is sharp in at least one photo. The
camera position should be very nearly the same for all photos, which
can be a challenge when the subject is very close. Camera movement can
cause scaling and parallax problems (nearer objects shifted against
farther objects). Such problems may be fixable later in Fotoxx, but
this may require considerable time. It is better to avoid the problems. <br>
<br>
</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><img style="width: 232px; height: 170px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/HDF-paint.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Processing the photos: in Fotoxx,
choose the HDF menu function and
select up to 9 images. The images will now be aligned as well as
possible. This needs 10 seconds to a minute or more per image,
depending on image
size and CPU speed. The output image is an even mix of the aligned
input images. A small amount of camera movement between the photos is
compensated, but this is limited, and parallax shifts are not
compensated at all. When the alignment is complete, a dialog opens. You
can select any input image and "paint" with the mouse on any area of
the output image. This converts the original image mix to the selected
image for the area being painted. For each area or object in the image,
choose an input image that is sharp in that area. The radius of the
paintbrush can set larger or smaller, so you can paint large areas
quickly and control fine detail when needed. If you have overlapping
near and far objects, time and patience will be needed to make all of
them sharp. Misalignments can be corrected by selecting the "warp"
option in the dialog. The underlying images can then be dragged and
warped with the mouse, and the composite output image is changed
accordingly. The warp is limited to the area around the mouse. When a
painted area is dragged, the corresponding image is automatically
selected and dragged, while areas painted with other images remain
fixed. Areas that have not been painted cannot be dragged. Move around
to different areas and make incremental drags until all areas are
aligned. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Suggested
Workflow:</span> Using paint
mode, choose each image in
sequence and paint all
areas that look sharp with that image. Any boundaries that are not
well-aligned will show up clearly as shifts in the edges of objects in
the image. Some of these can be made unimportant by changing the image
used for painting (if more than one image is sharp enough). Using warp
mode, make fine adjustments as needed to eliminate visible shifts. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="stack_paint"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Stack / Paint</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 259px; height: 136px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/stack-paint.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Combine
(overlay)
multiple photos of the same subject taken at different times.
Remove tourists and cars that come and go between shots by painting
them away with the mouse. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Making the photos: Aim the camera
at the same distant point and take
multiple photos as tourists or cars move in front of the subject. Try
to get at least one photo with each part of the subject not obscured by
the moving objects. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Processing the photos: In Fotoxx,
choose the Stack / Paint menu
function and select up to 9 images. The images will now be aligned as
well as possible. This
needs 10 seconds to a minute or more per image, depending on image
size and CPU speed. The
output image is an even mix of the
aligned input images. When the alignment is complete, a dialog opens.
You can select any input image and "paint" with the mouse on any area
of the output image. This converts the original image mix to the
selected image for the area being painted. For each area in the image,
choose an input image that is free from the moving objects. The radius
of the paintbrush can set larger or smaller, so you can paint large
areas quickly and control fine detail when needed. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="stack_noise"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Stack
/
Noise</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function combines 2-9 images
(photos) of the same subject. The
photos should be nearly the same, except for small offsets caused by a
hand-held camera. If the photos were made with a very high ISO setting
(low light conditions), the pixels will have considerable noise. By
making many photos and averaging them, the noise can be mostly
eliminated. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 289px; height: 143px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/stack-noise.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
Making the photos: Choose a point for the center of the image. Take
several photos using the same center and being careful not to shift or
rotate the camera too much. The more photos the better. Up to nine can
be used with Fotoxx, but you can take more in order to have some to
discard if they are not sharp, a common problem with low light
conditions and long exposure times. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">In Fotoxx, chose the Stack / Noise
function and select up to nine
images. They will be combined automatically and shown, and then a
dialog
will open. The initial output image is a combination of all the
selected input images, averaged together. This means that the RGB
values for each output pixel are the average of the RGB values for the
corresponding input pixels. A few alternative tools can be used to
possibly reduce the remaining noise a little more. The "use median"
button will change the output pixels from an average of the input
pixels to the median of the input pixels (1-3 "middle" RGB values are
averaged, depending on the number of images). This may or may not be
better, so switch back and forth to compare (the screen update may need
several seconds). The checkboxes for "omit low pixel" and "omit high
pixel" will cause the lowest and highest RGB input values to be
discarded before the average is calculated. This may help to get noise
spikes removed from the mix. This has no effect if the median method is
selected. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="panorama"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Panorama
Image</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function stitches 2-4 images
together to make a wide image or
panorama. The images must overlap by 15% or more, so that the program
can find where they coincide and join them together. </span><img style="width: 243px; height: 273px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/panorama1.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Start
by selecting 2-4 image files. The
images
are initially joined and shown with a small transparent overlap. A
pre-align dialog asks you to drag the images into rough alignment. Drag
the images into the correct left to right order. The image to drag may
overlap other images. To be clear about which image is being dragged,
drag from near the center of the image. After the images are in the
correct order, align each image to its left neighbor. It works best to
proceed from left to right. Move an image horizontally and vertically
into rough alignment with its neighbor to the left, then rotate the
image if needed by dragging the bottom edge left or right. The image
pivots around the mid-point of its overlap with the image to the left.
The fastest method is to align the overlap middle region first, then
rotate the right image if needed to bring the upper and lower overlap
regions into alignment. Extreme accuracy is not needed. Use the
<span style="font-weight: bold;">[resize]</span> button to get a bigger
combined image after moving them closer
together. The images should be correctly curved and fit together well.
If they do not, then the <span style="font-weight: bold;">lens mm</span>
parameter (focal length, 35mm
equivalent) needs adjustment. The curvature of the images changes as
lens mm is adjusted. The initial value is obtained from the EXIF data
if available, and this is normally good enough. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">lens
bow</span> parameter
(barrel or pincushion distortion) is not available in EXIF and must be
adjusted manually, but this is usually insignificant and can be left at
zero. You can measure and set the lens parameters manually using the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[search]</span> button described
below. If the images have
no curvature
(e.g. scanned or downloaded images),
use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">no curve</span> checkbox to
set the lens mm effectively to infinity.
<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If an image was trimmed so that
the greater dimension (width or height) was reduced, then the EXIF
focal length is no longer valid, and the EXIF initial value may not
work well. A section of an image taken from the middle has an effective
focal length greater than the original. Use the pre-align dialog to
increase the lens mm parameter until the images fit together reasonably
well, or use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[search]</span>
button to make a more precise determination (described below).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The <span style="font-weight: bold;">no
auto warp</span> button is normally
unchecked. Its purpose is described below.<br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Press <span style="font-weight: bold;">[proceed]
</span>when pre-alignment
is finished, and the program will do
fine alignment and join the images. Internally, the images are shifted
and rotated and the degree of match is evaluated. This is done with
increasing image sizes until the best match is found. This may need a
minute or more for a weak computer working with large images. You
can speed up the process greatly if you reduce the input images to 1/2
size. Do this also if the process fails for lack of memory. Panoramas
with 4 large images can require 2+ GB of memory during processing. <br>
</span><img style="width: 323px; height: 267px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/panorama2.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
When fine alignment is
complete,
the combined image is displayed. The dialog shown here is started, for
fine adjustment
of brightness and color match. You may see a sharp border between
images if the images do not have the same brightness and color balance.
The <span style="font-weight: bold;">[auto color]</span> button can be
used to perform an automatic color
match, which is often satisfactory by itself. Use this button multiple
times to get improved matching at the expense of greater color shifts
that could add a false color tint. Restore the original image colors
with <span style="font-weight: bold;">[file color]</span>. The image
selected with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Select Image </span>radio
buttons
is the starting image for the auto color matching. Reset using
[file color] and select a different starting image to see results that
may be slightly different. The brightness and RGB color controls allow
you to make additional changes to better match the images. Select one
of the images with the radio buttons, change the values for
brightness and color, and press the <span style="font-weight: bold;">[apply]</span>
button to see the results.
Use [auto color] to match the other images to the one changed. Use
[file color] to restore the original values from the input images. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">blend width</span> input governs how the
images are blended together: at the
image joints, the color balance is gradually shifted over this many
pixels, to mask imbalances that cannot be fully corrected. The default
is 1 pixel, which makes any brightness or color differences look
obvious. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When done, you can use unbend,
warp, trim / rotate and other functions
for final adjustments. Use the Auto-Trim function at the end to
automatically get rid of any leftover black margins.<span style="font-weight: bold;">
</span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
Vertical
Panorama</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This function works the same as
horizontal panorama, except that the
images are arranged vertically. To change the order of the images, drag
them from near their centers. To rotate an image, drag the right edge
up or down. It works best to align from the top down. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Scanned
Images</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Scanned images can be combined if
there is enough overlap. Check "no
curve" since there is no curvature in scanned images. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Auto Warping</span><br>
The images are slightly warped in many directions during alignment to
find the best match. This is to compensate for shifts in camera
position or rotation, causing image distortions that reduce the quality
of fit. If the overlap area of two images includes a large object that
moved in or out between the two photos, the alignment process may go
crazy trying to match the images, resulting in alignment that is very
poor. By selecting <span style="font-weight: bold;">no auto warp </span>you
may
be able to get the alignment to succeed or have only a small error.
<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Mouse Warp</span><br>
If the images do not align
perfectly, you may be able to improve the
alignment by using the mouse to push the images into alignment. In the
final dialog, select <span style="font-weight: bold;">mouse warp</span>,
select which one of the images with the radio buttons, and
then drag the
mouse carefully along the edge of the image where it should align with
its neighbor, and move the image into alignment. The image is moved
locally around the mouse while more distant parts stay fixed. Parallax
shifting will require a compromise, since it is generally not possible
to keep both foreground and background in alignment. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
</span><span style="font-weight: bold;">Setting
Lens Parameters Automatically</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The<span style="font-weight: bold;">
[search] </span>button in the panorama
pre-alignment dialog initiates an
automated search for optimum lens parameters. Use a suitable image
pair: the subject is 50+ meters away, the images have a low horizon
difference and little relative rotation, and there is plenty of
high-contrast detail in the overlap area. Input your nominal lens focal
length for lens_mm. Use zero for lens_bow. After doing a decent
pre-align, press the [search] button and wait a while for the results.
Do this a second time and observe the changes. If the values remain
consistent, you can use them for your panoramas. The search function
steps through a range of values for lens_mm, lens_bow, and the image
alignment offsets for x, y, and theta. It searches for the lens values
that give the best alignment results for the given images. The process
needs a minute or more, but you only need to do this once to
characterize a given camera lens and focal length (zoom setting).
Use the </span><span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">[save]</span><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> button in the
1st dialog to put the focal length back into the image EXIF data. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Setting
Lens
Parameters Manually</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Make a panorama image of a brick
wall (or any wall with lots of
detail). The wall should be 5+ meters away. Take two photos with about
40% overlap. Within the panorama pre-align process, adjust lens_mm and
lens_bow until the overlapping bricks coincide. When making the two
images, be sure to turn the camera on a vertical axis through the lens,
minimizing lateral movement and rotation in other axes - otherwise the
images may fit poorly and your lens parameters may not be optimal. The
result should roughly correspond to the nominal focal length of your
lens (35mm equivalent). It may be off somewhat (my 27mm lens works best
with a lens_mm setting of 29-30mm). I speculate that this is because
wide-angle camera lenses are not ideal lenses (pinhole equivalent).
Most panoramas will still work OK even if the lens_mm setting is off by
10%. <br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Color Matching Problems</span><br>
If the images in a panorama have a large brightness difference in the
overlap areas, the automatic color matching may not work well enough.
The most common problem is false sky colors. You may be able to improve
this by brightening or darkening an input image to more closely match
its neighbors in the overlap areas. Sky can be easy to fix by selecting
the false areas and copying sky from elsewhere in the image (see <a href="#paint_clone">Paint
/ Clone</a>). It seems to work better if you
brighten the darker image instead of darkening the brighter one. You
can do this in the final dialog as described above, or you can do this
before starting the panorama. <br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;"></span><span style="font-weight: bold;"><br>
Panorama
Limitations</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Panoramas including nearby objects
can be tricky: when the photos are
made, be careful to turn the camera on an axis through the lens, with
minimum lateral movement, otherwise the images may align poorly because
foreground objects are shifted against the background (parallax). This
is not an issue when the
subject is 50+ meters away, since a small lateral movement has little
impact on the image. Keep the camera level to avoid a large vertical
shift (horizon shift), which can cause image distortions that may not
be fully corrected. Avoid rotating the camera for the same reason. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="mashup"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mashup</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 423px; height: 303px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Arrange
multiple
images and text in a layout (photo montage). Images can be
added, resized, rotated and moved around by dragging with the mouse.
Images can be made entirely or partly transparent in selected areas.
Text can be
added, moved, resized and rotated. Text attributes can be specified:
font, size, color, outline, shadow, transparency. Lines and
arrows can be added. The example here
shows some of the possibilities.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 229px; height: 172px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup1.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
In the first Mashup dialog, choose
a background or layout image where
other images will be placed. Choose an existing image or create a new
monotone image with a specified size and color. You may also open a
previously saved mashup project and continue editing. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<img style="width: 241px; height: 188px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup2.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The 2nd Mashup
dialog is a choice: edit images, edit text, edit lines and arrows, save
the mashup project for
later revision, save the completed composite image (<span style="font-weight: bold;">Done</span>)
or abandon
the image (<span style="font-weight: bold;">Cancel</span>). The first
three choices lead to dialogs to perform the respective edits. Each of
these return to this dialog when
done, so you can add or modify images, text, and lines / arrows in any
sequence.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<img style="width: 260px; height: 266px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup3.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span>Select
and
place images on the
layout. The <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add</span> button leads
to a gallery file selection dialog (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="userguide-en.html#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
Selected
images are placed on the layout. Click on an image to select
it, and use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Size</span>, <span style="font-weight: bold;">Angle</span>,
<span style="font-weight: bold;">Transparency</span>, and <span style="font-weight: bold;">Edge
Blend</span> controls to
adjust the image. Drag the image from the middle to
reposition the image in the layout. Drag the lower right corner to
resize the image. The dialog controls operate on the
last image added, clicked or dragged. Images can overlap with
adjustable transparencies controlled by <span style="font-weight: bold;">Base
Transparency</span> for the
whole image, and <span style="font-weight: bold;">Edge Blend</span> to
blend the edges into the background.
Remove an image by clicking it and pressing <span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete</span>.
If an image is
partly covered by another image, use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Stacking
Order</span> buttons to raise or
lower one of the images, or add transparency to areas in the upper
image where the lower image should show through. This is done with the <span style="font-weight: bold;">paint</span> button, leading to the next
dialog below. <span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<img style="width: 242px; height: 149px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup4.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><br>
"Paint" more or less transparency for selected image areas.
Click on an
image to select it. The
mouse will have a circle around it to show the range of action.
Use <span style="font-weight: bold;">radius</span> to adjust the size
of the circle. Left-drag the mouse over the image to make it
transparent in the
areas covered by the circle. Right-drag to make it opaque. If <span style="font-weight: bold;">Gradual</span>
is checked, transparency
changes are made slowly as the mouse is dragged. Specify a <span style="font-weight: bold;">power</span>
value for the mouse center and
edges to make the changes
faster or
slower. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><img style="width: 397px; height: 324px;" alt="" src="images/mashup5.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br>
The <span style="font-weight: bold;">Edit Text</span> dialog is used for
placing text on the layout. Enter some text
and press <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add</span>. The text is
placed on the layout. Drag it into
position, then use the dialog controls to set font, size, color, angle,
background color, outline size and color, shadow size and color, and
transparencies for each of these. Drag the text to a new position at
any time. Click on any existing text to show its properties in the
dialog and revise them. Click on a text and press <span style="font-weight: bold;">Delete</span>
to remove
it. When done editing,
press <span style="font-weight: bold;">Done</span> to return to the
2nd Mashup dialog. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"></span><img style="width: 387px; height: 270px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/mashup6.jpg" align="left" hspace="5" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The Edit <span style="font-weight: bold;">Line
/ Arrow</span> dialog is used for
placing lines or arrows on the layout. It works very much like adding
text. Enter a length and width and press Add. A line is placed on the
layout, or an arrow if one of the Arrow head options is checked. Drag
the line / arrow to the desired position. Adjust length, width, angle
and
attributes (background, outline, shadow) using the dialog. You can also
drag either end of the line/arrow to reposition that end while leaving
the other end fixed. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can use the <span style="font-weight: bold;">mouse</span>
to move
and resize objects in the layout:<br>
� click the object to select it - it
flashes to confirm the
selection.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� drag from the
approximate center to reposition the object.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
� drag the right side or
lower right
corner to resize.<br>
� for a line/arrow, drag either end to
move that end only.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
The <span style="font-weight: bold;">keyboard arrow keys</span> can
also be used to move the currently selected object in 1-pixel steps.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can add images saved by
<a href="userguide-en.html#select_area">Select Area</a>. In the Edit
Images dialog, press [Add] to start the file selection dialog. Use the
[Top] button in the
gallery window, select HOME,
then select <big><span style="font-family: monospace;">.fotoxx/saved_areas</span>.</big>
Open any of the .tiff images
found there. The original area outline is used, and edge blending works
from these edges. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Mashup project
files</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">You can save a project and open it
later to continue editing. However,
the project file will open successfully only if the layout image and
all the overlay images are still available in their original locations.
The Mashup project is rebuilt using these images and some saved
metadata that is in the project file: image and text locations, scales,
transparency, etc. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="plugins"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big><span style="font-weight: bold;">Plugins
Menu</span></big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 312px; height: 137px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/plugins.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Other image edit programs (e.g.
Gimp) can be added to this menu. They
will then work like an edit function in Fotoxx. After using one
of these external programs to modify an image, you can use the Fotoxx
[Undo] and [Redo] buttons to check the results, perform additional
edits with Fotoxx, or use [Save] to save the edited image. The image
passed by Fotoxx to the external program is a TIFF file with 16 bits
per color. Most programs can read this file but may use only 8 bits.
When
finished using the external editor, save the image back to itself
("save" menu) and exit the program. Fotoxx will then pick up the
revised file and use it as though the edit had been done in Fotoxx.
Note that in Gimp you must use the File > Export menu to save the
image back to the original input file ("save" produces an .xcf file). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">To add a new plugin, use the
function Plugins > Edit Plugins. Input
a menu name and corresponding command in the Edit control and press the
[Add] button. The format must be <span style="font-weight: bold;">menu
name = command line %s</span>. The
plugins menu will show only the part before the "=", and the command
after the "=" will be executed. Wherever <span style="font-weight: bold;">%s</span>
is placed in the command,
the file to process will be inserted. Some commands may expect
an input and output file to be specified; in this case supply <span style="font-weight: bold;">%s</span>
in
both positions (the output file replaces the input file). In the
example above, the menu name is "gthumb" and the command that will be
executed is "gthumb tempfile", where tempfile is the name of the
inserted file. <br>
<br>
You can remove a plugin by selecting
it in the Select control and then pressing the [Remove] button. <br>
<br>
The
Plugins menu
will not be updated until the next time Fotoxx is started. <br>
<br>
The plugin
menu is saved in a file:<br>
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
/</span><big style="font-family: monospace;">home/<user>/.fotoxx/plugins
</big><br>
which you
can modify with a text editor if desired. This is the only way to
change the sequence of the menu entries. Be careful not to screw up the
format.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Example: use the ImageMagick
program (mogrify) as a Fotoxx command to
adjust
image gamma:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
auto-gamma = mogrify -auto-gamma %s </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="help"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Help
Menu</big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Quick Guide </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a 1-page introductory
document with Fotoxx essentials. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">User
Guide</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The user guide (this document) is
displayed (created using the WYSIWYG
HTML editor Kompozer). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">User
Guide Changes</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This is a summary of recent changes
in the User Guide. The intent is to
enable you to survey the changes without
reading the whole document.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Edit Functions
Summary</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A one-page "quick reference"
summary of the image edit functions is
displayed. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">README</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Displays the README file
distributed with Fotoxx, which may contain new
information about installation or dependencies. When you install a new
release of Fotoxx, you should look at README and the Change Log to
check if there is anything special you need to be aware of. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Change
Log</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Displays the change log file
distributed with Fotoxx, containing
details about functional changes, additions, or bug fixes for the
current and previous releases. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Translations </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Displays a short text file which
explains how to make a new translation
or change an existing one. This involves editing a text file that
contains English text messages with their corresponding translations. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">See one of the existing translation
files as an
example, e.g. the German translation:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/usr/share/fotoxx/locales/translate-de.po</big>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> A new translation for language
code xx would be saved at:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/usr/share/fotoxx/locales/translate-xx.po</big>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">After making such a file, you can
test it by starting Fotoxx in a
terminal:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
$
fotoxx -lang xx. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Missing translations are also
listed on the terminal window when Fotoxx
starts.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Active translators are credited the
the menu Help > About.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Home
Page </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Shows the Fotoxx home page from the
Internet. Look here for program
updates (the page named "recent changes"). This page is published via
RSS and you can subscribe to get timely notification of changes. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">About</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This displays a short message about
the Fotoxx version number, license,
credits, and contact address. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="organizing_images"></a><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Organizing
Images for Efficient Searching</big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The
goal is to find all images for a given set of criteria, e.g. photos of
a given person in a given place and time frame, or all photos of a
given person at any time, or photos from specified locations, etc.
There are several ways to organize an image collection to accomplish
this, with advantages and disadvantages you need to understand. These
methods may be used in any combination (I use all of them). Keep in
mind that if you want to user other programs for searching images, you
need to pay attention to which methods are compatible. Fotoxx is
standards-compliant to avoid lock-in, but some other applications use
unique methods. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx can search using the
following image attributes: photo date, rating (0-5 stars),
tags (keywords), geotags (location names and earth coordinates), file
directories and names, and text appearing in captions or comments.
These are explained in the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#edit_metadata">Edit
Metadata</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">, </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#edit_geotags">Edit
Geotags</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">, and </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#search_images">Search
Images</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
topics. In addition, any metadata can be searched, although not nearly
as fast as the previously listed items, which are kept in a special
index file for fast searching. The </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#index_files">Index Image
Files</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
function establishes this index and updates it when new image files are
added or their locations are changed from outside Fotoxx. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following is an attempt to
give an overview of the options and tradeoffs. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Physical
Organization</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Directory and file names can be
used as a basic organization that will
enable you to find images even if more elaborate organizations (tags,
collections, captions) are not used. The highest physical organization
should be by time (not event, place, person, etc. IMO). I
suggest using one subdirectory per year named 2001, 2002, etc. This
will also prevent any one subdirectory from getting too big. The image
files may further be organized in time sequence by using MM.DD as the
start of the file name. The rest of the name can be a topic or event,
and a sequence number. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> Example:<span style="font-family: monospace;">
</span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/images/2011/08.20
Spitzbergen
23</big></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This very basic organization allows
Fotoxx to find files by searching
file names. In the above example, a search for "spitzbergen" or even
"spitz" will produce all the images of Spitzbergen. The
function Tools > Batch Convert lets you rename a whole batch
of photos taken on one day at one location or event by selecting the
files and specifying a template name like "08.20 Spitzbergen ##". The
sequence numbers are automatic, replacing ##. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Captions and
Comments</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">A simple method of organization is
to use captions and comments
(Metadata > Edit Metadata). These are arbitrary text
strings that can be added to a series of images in rapid sequence: </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> open the first
image, input some text, press
[apply], press [next], input
some text, ...</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Captions and comments are two
separate inputs but treated logically the
same. They are searchable: words appearing in captions and comments can
be searched for. You can specify persons, location, topic, etc. for
each image and then find them again quickly. With this method, you can
search images using any words
appearing in captions or comments, in combination with dates and file
names. Dates are taken from the automatic
EXIF data from a digital camera. For other images, dates can be edited
using the Edit Metadata function.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Tags</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The most powerful tool is tags, but
this is also the most
demanding of organizational care. You can go through your images
sequentially and add tags by clicking on a list of defined tags. New
tags can be defined as needed. Images can have many tags, and can be
searched for AND / OR combinations of tags (along with date, rating,
file
name, caption, comments). Tagging is the fastest way to classify a
large collection, needing a few seconds per image. The hitch is the
tagging system. You need to lay this out in advance and stick to it,
otherwise things can get chaotic. If you end up with 1000 tags they
will not be very useful. If the images are physically organized by time
(the same order as they come out of the camera), then groups of images
will tend to have the same tags, which makes the process of adding tags
faster. There is also a batch function for adding the same tags to many
images that you select by clicking thumbnails (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#gallery_selection">link</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Geotags</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Use geotags to assign a city (or
national park, etc.) and
country, and
optionally latitude / longitude to your images. This enables all images
for a location to be quickly found (or those near a location if
latitude / longitude is used). If you use a camera with a GPS receiver
and automatic geotagging, then location is in the image EXIF data and
location searching is available automatically. Since image dates are
also automatic (in EXIF), images can be searched by date range and
location without you having to enter any data for each image. You can
leave it at this, or add some of the above extras if you accept the
extra effort required. My experience so far with automatic city /
country
via GPS is that the names are chaotic and you may want to sanitize them
(upper / lower case, with / without states or other political
subdivisions,
fix mixed languages, etc.). You can fix the mess with a little effort:
search
for the location you want to change (e.g. M�nchen), then process the
resulting images
with the </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#batch_add_geotags">Batch
Add Geotags</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> function
to change the location (e.g. Munich). </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Collections</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Another method of organization is
to use named collections.
Choose a name for each collection and assign any desired images to the
collection, using basically two clicks per image (plus the time to find
the images to add). The images are not duplicated. This method is
independent of tags, captions, file names, etc. See </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="#manage_collections">Manage
Collections</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. Collections can be
selected by name and viewed
directly as a gallery of thumbnails or sequentially in the main window.
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Summary</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following table summarizes the
options. Keep in mind that searching
by date works with any of these methods, and you can combine the
methods any way you wish, e.g. "directory and file names" together with
"captions and comments". </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 791px; height: 502px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>Method
and
Example<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Advantages<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Disadvantages<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>Directory
and File Names<br>
e.g. image files like this:<br>
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/images/2012/Rome-12.jpg</big></small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� simple and easy
to use</small><br>
<small>� fast implementation: batch move and <br>
rename files with added sequence numbers</small><br>
<small>� gallery overview at each level of hierarchy</small><br>
<small>� easy to navigate up / down hierarchy levels<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� no overview of
available search terms<br>
</small><small>� long file names required for multiple
search <br>
categories (date, place, persons, events ...)</small><br>
<small>� risk of inconsistent naming and chaos<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Captions and Comments<br>
e.g. caption or comment like this:<br>
2012 Italy Rome Forum </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� simple and easy
to use</small><br>
<small>� flexible search using multiple categories</small><br>
<small>� moderately fast implementation: <br>
think + write time, per image<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� no overview of
available search terms</small><br>
<small>� may end up with thousands of categories</small><br>
<small>� risk of inconsistent naming and chaos</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Tags (EXIF Keywords)<br>
e.g. tags like this:<br>
italy, rome, forum, elizabeth</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� flexible search
using multiple categories</small><br>
<small>� moderately fast implementation: <br>
think time + one click per tag, per image <br>
(or batch add tags to a group of images)</small><br>
<small>� good overview of available tags to click <br>
(organized by persons, places, events ...)</small><br>
<small>� easy addition of new tags</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� requires careful
planning of tags<br>
</small><small>� slow to find and click tags if 200+ tags <br>
</small><small>� hard to revise tag naming system<br>
(batch tag add / delete / replace available)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small>Geotags <br>
e.g. location data like this:<br>
Rome Italy 41.89 N 12.48 E</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� cameras with GPS
store data automatically</small><br>
<small>� add locations in a few seconds per image<br>
(or batch add location to many images)</small><br>
<small>� search location by clicking on a world map</small><br>
<small>� search location and date-range by clicking <br>
on a report of available locations / dates<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� useful only for
searching by location<br>
</small><small>� chaotic location naming by cameras <br>
(revise using search and batch update)</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Named Collections<br>
e.g. collection names like this:<br>
� best scenery<br>
� Italy 2012<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� make ad hoc
collections using any criteria</small><br>
<small>� images can be in multiple collections <br>
or multiple times within one collection<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>� time to locate
and add images to collection<br>
(find and click gallery thumbnails)<br>
</small><small>� images not searchable by other categories</small><br>
<small>� not standards compliant <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="changes"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<big style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">User
Guide
Changes </span></big><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">This section is provided to help
you quickly review the changes without
reading the whole manual. <br>
Fotoxx version numbers correspond to year and
month of release.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.10</span><br style="font-weight: bold;">
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li><a href="#make_waves">Make Waves</a>: The topic was expanded to
explain additional control options.</li>
<li><a href="#add_lines">Add Lines</a>: The topic was revised to
explain a simplified way to reposition a line or arrow.</li>
<li><a href="#mashup">Mashup</a>: The section about lines / arrows
was revised for a simplified way to reposition.</li>
<li><a href="#top_menus">Top Menus:</a> A paragraph was added under
Gallery View to explain the thumbnail right-click menu Popup Image.</li>
<li><a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>: new parameter Monitor
Scale. <br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.09</span><br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li><a href="#search_images">Search Images:</a> A sentence was added
to explain how missing times in a date / time search range are
defaulted.</li>
<li><a href="#slide_show">Slide Show:</a> Two sentences were added to
explain the new options "full screen" and "auto-replay".</li>
<li><a href="#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a> automatically updates
collections containing the moved or renamed image files. <br>
(The Move Collections function was problematic and was removed.)</li>
<li><a href="#sync">Sync Gallery</a> topic was added to the File
menu, where it should have been long ago. <br>
</li>
<li>The <a href="#popup_menus">Popup Menus</a> topic was expanded.</li>
<li><a href="#search_images">Search Images:</a> A section was added
to explain the new "last version only" option.</li>
<li><a href="#find_dups">Find Duplicate Images:</a> This is a new
function to find duplicate images anywhere in the image database.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.08</span><br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li><a href="#top_menus">Menu Structure</a>: The Image and Retouch
functions were combined into a single Edit menu. The Color edit
functions were moved into the Repair menu. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#manage_collections">Manage Collections:</a> The dialogs
were improved. A drag and drop capability was added for rearranging
images within a collection.</li>
<li><a href="#make_waves">Make Waves:</a> New Effects function to
make an image or selected area appear wavy, as if viewed
through turbulent water.</li>
<li><a href="#area_color">Area Color</a> and <a href="#line_color">Line
Color</a>: Changing the color of overlay lines (Trim rectangle, area
outlines ...) was simplified and convenience links were added in the
Tools and Areas menus.</li>
<li><a href="#open_previous_file">Open Previous File</a> now retains
the current zoom level and window position - good for comparing images
while editing. <br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.07</span><br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>Fotoxx menus were slightly rearranged for space efficiency. Two
menu icons now connect to two functions based on left or right mouse
click: edit undo / redo and prev / next file. <br>
</li>
<li>A new
menu containing batch and combine functions was added to the gallery
view, duplicating
functions also found in the image view. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#mashup">Mashup</a>: Lines and arrows can be added to
the image. Adjusting transparencies and overlaps was simplified. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#add_lines">Add Lines</a>: New function to add lines or
arrows on an image.</li>
<li><a href="#select_area">Select Area</a>: New function to save a
selected area as a PNG file with transparency information.</li>
<li><a href="#open_raw">Open RAW</a> and <a href="#batch_raw">Batch
RAW</a> were revised for the addition of Raw Therapee.</li>
<li><a href="#batch_upright">Batch Upright</a>: new function to
upright images turned 90�.</li>
<li><a href="#panorama">Panorama</a>: image color and brightness
matching was improved. <br>
</li>
<li>The <a href="#geotag_worldmap">world map</a> was made 2x larger,
requiring a new download.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.06</span><br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>The main window layout was changed to improve space
efficiency. The buttons to switch between image file, gallery,
and world map were combined with the menus. The user guide has many
small changes.<br>
</li>
<li><a href="#custom_kernel">Custom
Kernel</a>: new Effects function. Apply a custom convolution kernel to
an image. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#perspective">Fix
Perspective</a>: move the corner markers in 1-pixel steps using the
keyboard arrow keys.<br>
</li>
<li><a href="#trim_rotate">Trim / Rotate</a>: move the selection
rectangle in 1-pixel
steps using the keyboard arrow keys. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#panorama">Panorama</a>: new tips about fixing color
mismatch and residual alignment offsets.</li>
<li><a href="#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a>: adjustable parameters
for sharpening the output images.<br>
</li>
<li><a href="#batch_raw">Batch Convert RAW</a>: options for
resizing and sharpening the output images.</li>
<li><a href="#gallery_selection">Gallery Selection</a> dialog: how to
select a range of images was revised.</li>
<li><a href="#mashup">Mashup</a>: it is easier to make an image
completely cover lower images in the stacking order. Images can be
raised and lowered in the stacking order.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">v.14.05</span><br>
</span>
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>The topic <a href="#plugins">Plugins Menu</a> was revised for
revised functionality. <br>
</li>
<li>The topic Drawing was renamed to <a href="#line_drawing">Line
Drawing</a>, and the topic <a href="#color_drawing">Color Drawing</a>
was added.</li>
<li><a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a> has an added section
about saving and restoring the settings from a file.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">v.14.04</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>The classic menu style (horizontal at the top) was removed,
leaving only the vertical menu style (left side of window). This was
done for space efficiency (esp. HD wide monitors), and reduced code
maintenance. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a> can better adjust
individual
colors, and a brightness distribution graph can be added, sharing the
same window with the edit curve.</li>
<li><a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a>: Transition types can be
selected per image, if wanted. Zoom-in speed, center location, and
final magnification can be selected per image. <br>
</li>
<li>The gallery page has a slow scroll button for visual image
searching. </li>
<li><a href="#pattern">Background Pattern</a> capabilities were
extended.</li>
<li><a href="#lever_edits">Leverage Edits</a> was restored. It works
better than Paint Edits in come cases.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">v.14.03</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>New function <a href="#mosaic">Mosaic</a> was added.</li>
<li>New function <a href="#pattern">Pattern</a> was added.</li>
<li>The gallery view highlights the current image with a red frame.</li>
<li>The gallery thumbnail menu can pop-up a large resizable movable
image.</li>
<li>New <a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a> transition: Ken Burns
effect (slow zoom-in). <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#mashup">Mashup</a> transparencies can be adjusted
instantly as well as gradually.<br>
</li>
<li>Leverage Edits was removed since this is more easily done with <a href="#paint_edits">Paint
Edits</a>.</li>
<li><a href="#user_settings">User Settings</a>: There is an
additional startup option: show previous gallery.<br>
</li>
<li>Edit Translations was removed (unused AFAIK). <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#KB_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a> editing was
simplified.</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">v.14.02</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li><a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a> (formerly
Synchronize Files) is
faster, simpler, and no longer optional. <br>
Intermixing image files with
100,000 other files in<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/... </big>is no
performance problem. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a> was revised
for added functionality.<br>
</li>
<li><a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a> was revised for
added functionality (<span style="font-weight: bold;">clip limit</span>
and <span style="font-weight: bold;">show captions</span>).<br>
</li>
<li>Batch Rename was deleted. This function was added to <a href="#batch_convert">Batch
Convert</a>. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#batch_convert">Batch Convert</a> has an option to
sharpen output image files.<br>
</li>
<li><a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a>, <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim
/ Rotate</a>, and <a href="#resize">Resize</a>
have a button <span style="font-weight: bold;">[Prev]</span> to recall
previous settings. <br>
This can be convenient for
processing multiple photos needing similar adjustments. <br>
</li>
<li><a href="#search_images">Search Images</a> has a new option <span style="font-weight: bold;">report
type</span>: gallery or tabular for
metadata.<br>
</li>
<li>There is a new technical note about running out of memory. <a href="#technical_notes">Read
it.</a> <br>
</li>
</ul>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">v.14.01</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<ul style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<li>The topic <a href="#retouch_combo">Retouch Combo</a> was added.
This replaces Brightness / Contrast / Color, <br>
Gamma, and White Balance. Those three topics were removed.<br>
</li>
<li>The <a href="#trim_rotate">Trim / Rotate</a> topic was revised
for
revised functionality.</li>
<li>The <a href="#sharpen">Sharpen</a> topic was revised for new
method added and old method removed.<br>
</li>
<li>The <a href="#texture">Texture</a> topic was added to the
Effects menu.<br>
</li>
<li>The <a href="#select_area">Select Area</a> topic, Finish
paragraph, has an addition at the end to describe the <br>
new and easier
mapping of areas selected by color matching.</li>
<li>The <a href="#slide_show">Slide Show</a> topic was revised for
new functionality.</li>
<li><a href="#index_files">Index Image Files</a> topic has a new
paragraph about minimizing Fotoxx startup time.<br>
A similar paragraph was added to the <a href="#initialization">Initialization</a>
topic.<br>
</li>
</ul>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;"></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<a style="font-family: sans-serif;" name="technical_notes"></a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><big style="font-weight: bold;">Technical
Notes</big> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Fotoxx
Limitations</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 705px; height: 94px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> image
files<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Fotoxx was tested
with 156K image files and performace was fine (see benchmarks,
below). <br>
500K image files should be practical on a strong computer,
but
startup time may be 20+ seconds.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> image size </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> The max. supported
width
or height is 20K pixels (compile time constant). </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> image edits </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 99 edits for
undo / redo and
file version numbering (filename.v01 to filename.v99). </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; white-space: nowrap;"><small> geotag
cities
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 20,000 different
cities / locations for geotagged images (compile time constant).<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> tags </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> There are limits
listed in
the topic <a href="#tags_overview">Tags Overview.</a> </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Running out of
memory</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx can require a huge
amount of main memory to edit a large image. A 20 megapixel image
requires 720 megabytes for the simplest edits, and more for
complex edits. Images in memory are not compressed and
each RGB pixel is represented by three floating-point numbers (12 bytes
total). HDR,
Panorama and other composite functions hold all images in memory during
alignment and post-process tuning. If you push the memory limits on a
small computer, the Linux OS may kill the Fotoxx process without
warning and with no message (to keep the operating system itself from
failing). What you see is that the Fotoxx window simply vanishes. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">Running out of
disk space - scratch
files during an edit session</span><br style="font-weight: bold; font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
During a series of image edits, each change is saved on disk, and the
before / after results can be viewed with the buttons [undo] and
[redo].
These images use floating point numbers for color values and are not
compressed. A 20 megapixel image makes a 240 MB file. If there are 10
edits in the undo / redo stack, the required disk space is 2.4 GB. If
disk space runs out during an edit session, the program terminates with
a message. To avoid this, be sure there is plenty of disk space in your
/home partition. When you open a new image or quit Fotoxx, the disk
space is recovered. If Fotoxx crashes, the space is recovered the next
time fotoxx is started. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Additional
programs
required or recommended for Fotoxx</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx requires the following
libraries and programs to function at run time:</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<table style="text-align: left; width: 622px; height: 121px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> xdg-utils</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>open text or html files
with
user's preferred application</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> exiftool </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>(v. 8.60 or later) read
and
write image metadata
(tags, comments, etc.) <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> dcraw </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>batch convert RAW image
files to
tiff, jpeg, or png </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> ufraw </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>open a RAW image for
editing
using the ufraw GUI </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> brasero </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>burn a CD or DVD with
selected
images </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> canberra<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>play sounds for slide show<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> xgamma </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>used for the Monitor
Gamma
function (adjust monitor gamma) </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Packages
required
for Fotoxx source build</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">See the README file for
instructions on compiling Fotoxx from source. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">In addition to the programs listed
above, the following are also
needed: </span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 525px; height: 85px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> g++ </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>GNU C++ compiler and C
libraries </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> libgtk3.0-dev </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Gnome
GTK3 / GDK3 / Pixbuf / etc.
function libraries </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> libtiff5-dev</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>tiff library development
files </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> libpng12-dev </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>png library development
files </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> liblcms2-dev </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Little CMS development
files </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> Note: package naming and contents
are
decisions made by each Linux distro (the
usual chaos). The above names are valid for Debian-based distros
(including Ubuntu). For other distros you may have to dig to find the
right packages to install. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">zappcrash -
backtrace dumps</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If Fotoxx has a fatal error (e.g.
segment fault - invalid memory
reference), it attempts to intercept the error and produce a backtrace
dump which appears in a popup window and in the file <br>
<big>
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
/home/<user>/.fotoxx/zappcrash </span></big></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Please send this
information to me so I can hopefully fix the error (</span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://kornelix.com/contact/">contact</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">).
A
description of what you did immediately before the crash
would also be helpful. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">
Command Line Options</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 629px; height: 163px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -v </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>output release version
and
exit </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /.../imagefile.jpg </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>initial image directory
or image
file to open</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -recent (or
-r) </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>show a gallery of
recently seen image
files,
most recent at the top</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -new
(or -n)</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>show a gallery of the
newest image files (from Index Image Files)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -prev (or -p) </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>show the last file viewed
in the
previous session</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -blank (or -b) </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>show a blank window </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -lang lc_RC</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>language code (+ opt.
region
code) to use for GUI (de, de_AT, fr ...)</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> -menu "menu name" </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>startup menu function -
Fotoxx
will start with this menu active. </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Status
Bar
Information</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">CPU 123% Free 1234 MB
2345x1234x8 3.45MB 56% edits: 3 menu
locked area
active dialog open</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 624px; height: 170px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> CPU 123% </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>current Fotoxx CPU load
for all
threads and processor cores </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Free 1234 MB<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>total free memory,
including the file cache (can be allocated)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 2345x1234x8<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>image width x height x
depth
(bits per color)</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 3.45MB </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>image file size (updated
when a
modified image is saved)</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 56% </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>zoom status, image % size</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> edits: 3 </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>3 edits have been made
and can
be reversed with the [undo] button </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> area
active </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>a select area is present
and
enabled - edits are confined within the area</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> dialog open </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>a dialog for user input
is open
and waiting </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Ubuntu
Unity
Launcher</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following launcher will have a
right-click dropdown menu with three
different startup options: blank window, last image viewed, and a
gallery of recent images. Save the
following text as a file named fotoxx.desktop, make it executable, and
drag the file to the Unity left side launcher list.<br>
<br>
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
[Desktop Entry]</span></span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Name=fotoxx</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> GenericName=Photo
Editor</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Comment=Edit photos
and
manage collections</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
Categories=Photography;</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Type=Application</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Terminal=false</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
MimeType=image/bmp;image/gif;image/tiff;image/jpeg;image/png;</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Exec=/usr/bin/fotoxx</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
Icon=/usr/share/fotoxx/icons/fotoxx.png</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
X-Ayatana-Desktop-Shortcuts=blank window;last image;recent images</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> [blank window
Shortcut Group]</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Name=blank window</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Exec=fotoxx -blank</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
TargetEnvironment=Unity</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> [last image
Shortcut Group]</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Name=last image</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Exec=fotoxx -prev</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
TargetEnvironment=Unity</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> [recent images
Shortcut Group]</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Name=recent images</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;"> Exec=fotoxx -recent</span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<span style="font-family: monospace;">
TargetEnvironment=Unity </span><br style="font-family: monospace;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">File
Types Supported</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Fotoxx uses libraries to support
reading and writing of image files:
the GDK pixbuf library, libpng and libtiff. The file types that can be
read and written include JPG / JPEG, PNG, TIF / TIFF and BMP. Three RGB
colors with 8 bits per color are supported for all types, and PNG and
TIFF also support 16 bits per color. Fewer than 8 bits per color and
grayscale images are partly supported, and are converted to RGB
internally.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;"></span></span><span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Image Index Files</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">These can be found in the
directory<span style="font-family: monospace;"> </span><big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/image_index</big></span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The files named "index_001",
"index_002", etc. contain the image file pathnames and those metadata
items that are indexed for fast searching (dates, ratings, tags,
caption, comments, geotags). The file "top_directories" contains a list
of the top image directories. These are searched for new image files
whenever Fotoxx starts up. The last entry is the thumbnails directory.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Color
Depth</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">8-bit color (256 brightness
levels), as supported by JPEG files, is the
norm for image files and is usually adequate. The effective brightness
range for photo paper is less than 8 bits. One brightness step
(averaging 1/256 or 0.4% of the entire range) is very hard to see.
16-bit color can be useful if a narrow brightness range within an image
has been greatly expanded using retouch functions. This
expansion can lead to visible "banding" or "posterization". If the RAW
image is edited instead of the JPEG version, this
problem can be reduced, even if the image is converted back to JPEG for
final storage. See the web page </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://www.kornelix.com/deep-color.html">deep color</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
for a
more complete explanation with example images. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 296px; height: 204px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/brightness%20steps.jpg" align="left" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">
The JPEG range of 256 brightness steps from black to white has been
reduced here to 40 steps, and the image is magnified 2x. If you try
hard you may be able to see the steps. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;" clear="all">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Alignment
Algorithm </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">(HDR, HDF, Stack, Panorama)
Relatively few high-contrast or
"edge" pixels are selected to control alignment in HDR, HDF, Stack and
Panorama. The actual pixels used are shown in red during the alignment
process, which is also more entertaining. Each image in succession is
systematically warped various small amounts and the fit with other
images is tested. This is done because two photos
made with slightly different horizons or rotations will not fit
perfectly with simple translation and rotation. Also the cylindrical
image projection used for panoramas is only an approximation of what
the camera lens actually does. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Tone
Mapping Algorithm</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The method used by Fotoxx is
home-made, but inspired by Fattal and
other gradient-based methods. It is not as effective as Fattal in some
cases, but close. On the other hand, it is both fast and simple. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Alpha
Channels</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Images having alpha channels
(transparency information) can be edited,
but the alpha channel is ignored and removed when the edited image file
is saved. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Image
Deterioration
From Repeated
Editing</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If you save an edited image file
and then use this file later to
perform additional edits, pixel resolution may be lost. It is better if
you do all edits when the image files are first processed, to minimize
image deterioration (or go back to the originals if you still have
them). Any function that changes image size or shape will reduce
resolution about 1/2 pixel. These are the resize, rotate, bend / warp,
and all the composite functions. Rotating 90 degrees does not
affect resolution. When downsizing an image, using the ratios 1/2, 1/3,
1/4 will give the least loss of resolution. Functions that change
brightness, color or contrast do not affect resolution. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">JPEG Compression</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If a JPEG file from a digital
camera is saved with Fotoxx, you
will likely notice a large reduction in file size, even if a high JPEG
quality level is used. This is because Fotoxx can afford to invest more
processing power in the compression. A camera CPU is not very fast and
must save the photos quickly to be ready for the next photo, so the
processing time needed for high compression is not available. The
CPU of a PC is typically much faster and has more time, so the
compression level is higher. The smaller file size does not mean that
the quality is less. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">
Image Deterioration From Repeated
Saving of JPEG files</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Reading a compressed JPEG image and
saving it again can lead to loss of
detail and increased image artifacts. The effect seems to be negligible
if JPEG "quality" is set to a high value when the image is saved. The
image
below was saved
10 times using quality=90 (Fotoxx default), each time opening and
saving the
previous image. Differences can be found if you look hard enough. The
images are 2x size and the insets are 5x. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<img style="width: 553px; height: 248px; font-family: sans-serif;" alt="" src="images/jpeg%20quality.jpg" vspace="5"><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">EXIF
Errors</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Cameras (esp. older ones) do not
always produce structurally correct
EXIF data, and the program exiftool (used by Fotoxx to manipulate EXIF
data) may produce error messages. I have been able to fix these cases
by saving the image file on top of itself, which will replace the EXIF
data with whatever exiftool was able to read correctly. If desired data
gets lost, you can restore it using the "Edit Any Metadata" function. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Newline
characters
in user Comments and Captions</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">When editing metadata Comments or
Captions, if you need to align text
in columns, you can use the [enter] key to force new lines. These are
converted into the string "\n" before being stored in image EXIF / IPTC
data, since newline characters are not allowed (exiftool converts them
into periods). If the text is viewed or edited again, the "\n" strings
are converted back to new lines, so that the original text alignments
are restored. This is not standard, so don't expect the text to remain
aligned if viewed in Photoshop, etc. If this is a requirement, then do
not use the enter key to make new lines when entering long text - just
let the text overflow to the next line by itself. Column alignment is
not possible. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Installed Files </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following files are installed
with Fotoxx (distro package or "make
install" from source package). <br>
/usr is the normal location for
installed packages, but this could also be /home/<user>/ or /opt.
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 637px; height: 47px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-family: monospace;"> /usr/bin/fotoxx
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>the executable program
file </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-family: monospace;"> /usr/share/fotoxx/*
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>user guide,
translation.po files, icons, default data, etc. <br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-family: monospace;"> /usr/share/doc/fotoxx
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>change log, man page,
README and
other documentation files.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Local
Files</span> <br>
The following files reside in
<big style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/</big>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 617px; height: 602px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /collections</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>image collections from
Manage Collections function<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /custom_kernel</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved custom kernel data
files</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /favorites</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved data for
user-configuration of favorites menu</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /geotags</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>downloaded geotag
locations and
world map image file</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /image_index</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>text files containing
searchable
data for all image files</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /locales</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved translation (.po)
files,
possibly user-modified</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /mashup</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved
mashup project files </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /patterns<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved background patterns<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /retouch_combo</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved settings for the
Retouch Combo function</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /saved_areas</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>"cutout" files saved from
the
Select Area > Save dialog</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /saved_curves</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>curve data saved from
Retouch
curve edit dialogs</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /slideshows</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>user preferences from
Slide Show function<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /thumbnails</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>thumbnail files (default
location, user can change this)</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> /write_text</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>image text overlays saved
from Add Text function<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> bookmarks</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>bookmark names and image
file
locations</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> KB-shortcuts</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>user-defined or modified
keyboard shortcuts</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> latest_release</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>contains the current or
latest Fotoxx release version</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> logfile</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>Fotoxx outputs that may
be
relevant for diagnosing problems</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> mosaic_tiles<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>binary file, compressed
tiles from the Mosaic function<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> newest files</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>a list of the 200 most
recently added image files</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> pagesetup</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saves page setup data for
print function</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> parameters</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>setup parameters that are
saved
across Fotoxx sessions</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> plugins</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saves the plugins menu
contents</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> printsettings</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saves print settings data
for print function</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> recent_files</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>a list of the last 100
files
opened by Fotoxx, saved when Fotoxx exits</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> search_results </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>list of the last image
files
found with Search Images </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> stuck-pixels<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>data saved from the Fix
Stuck Pixels functin<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> tags_defined</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>a list of all categories
and
tags currently used in all images</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> zdialog_inputs</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved dialog data for
dialogs
that recall prior inputs</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> zdialog_positions </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>saved dialog window
positions
(relative to main window)</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Preview Mode </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Some edit functions use a reduced
image size for a faster interactive
response time. This reduced size is shown on the status bar as
(reduced). When [done] is pressed, the full-size image is then
processed. This is why [done] sometimes takes noticeable time. A
monitor-size image (2 megapixels) is 7 times faster to process than a
14 megapixel image (typical digital camera). This method is used
whenever the preview edits can be applied to the full-size image
without visible impact (Trim / Rotate, Bend functions, brightness and
color related functions). It cannot be used for things
like sharpen and tone mapping because the results for a small image
cannot be converted for a larger image.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">File Size in
Status Bar</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The file size shown on the status
bar while an image is being edited is
the original (unedited) file size. The file size for an edited image is
not known until the image is compressed and saved on disk. In memory
the size is length x width x 3 colors x 4 bytes. A 10 megapixel image
uses 120 megabytes in memory and typically < 2 megabytes on disk
(JPEG). When the edited image is saved, the correct file size is
updated
on the status bar.</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Metadata
used
by Fotoxx</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The following metadata items
(stored inside the image files) are used
by Fotoxx. These items and any other metadata can be viewed or edited
using Fotoxx or other programs such as Photoshop. Images can be
searched using these items or any other metadata as selection criteria.
Those marked "index" can be searched very fast, others more slowly.
Items not listed here are searchable but not indexed.<br>
<small><small><small> </small></small></small><br>
</span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 710px; height: 205px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Metadata
section
and name </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Usage
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> <span style="font-weight: bold;">Index</span></small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> IPTC:Keywords </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> tags entered by
user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> IPTC:Rating </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> "star" rating
entered by
user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EXIF:ImageSize </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> pixel width and
height,
1234x2345<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>
EXIF:DateTimeOriginal </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> date / time photo
was
made,
or entered by user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EXIF:ImageHistory </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> history of image
edits
(used by Fotoxx and others) </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> no </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EXIF:UserComment </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> comment text
entered by
user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>
IPTC:Caption-Abstract </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> caption or abstract
text
entered by user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small>
EXIF:FocalLengthIn35mmFormat </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> camera focal length
used, 35mm equivalent </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> no </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EXIF:City, Country </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> city and country
from
camera GPS, or entered by user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> EXIF:GPSLatitude,
GPSLongitude </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> earth coordinates
from
camera GPS, or entered by user </small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> yes </small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Dialog Window
Positioning </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">For commonly used dialogs, Fotoxx
saves the dialog window position
(relative to the main window) and tries to restore the same position
the next time the dialog is started. This works, mostly. Sometimes the
window manager ignores this request and places the dialog somewhere
else. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;">Benchmarks</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">Conditions: Fotoxx 14.06, Ubuntu
14.04, Intel
Core i5 3 GHz, 7200 rpm disk, EXT4 file system. <br>
The first benchmark is for the initial indexing of 156,240 image
files (180 GB).<br>
The
next two are for subsequent Fotoxx startups with 0 and 343 new image
files. <br>
<small><small><small> <br>
</small></small></small></span>
<table style="text-align: left; width: 624px; height: 135px; font-family: sans-serif;" border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small>
Benchmark Description<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Image
Files<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; font-weight: bold;"><small> Time<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> First
initialization,
find and
index all image files <br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 156,240<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 99 min.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Subsequent startup
with
no new image files<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 0 new, 156,240 old<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 7 sec. </small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Subsequent
startup, 343 new files to index<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 343 new, 155,897 old<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 20 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Find all images
with tag "Rosi"<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 5502 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec. (1)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Find all images
with "Rosi" in file name<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 2856 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Find all images
dated Jan 1 - Feb 28, 2013<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 420 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Same time period,
with city = "Freising"<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 168 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Same time period,
with EXIF "make" = "panasonic"<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 126 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 7 sec. (2)<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Click on world
map, France / Esterel<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 105 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> List all locations
having images<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 368 locations<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 2 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> Click on location
Germany / Augsburg<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 231 found<br>
</small></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><small> 1 sec.<br>
</small></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<small style="font-family: sans-serif;"><small><small> <br>
</small></small></small><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">(1) The
Search benchmarks
show the
fast search speed
when all search criteria are indexed.</span><br>
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">(2) This
report shows the slower speed to find non-indexed metadata: 420 images
were found quickly by time, then searched for
the non-indexed EXIF data "make".
This
report also used the Metadata report format with thumbnails and
metadata details. <br>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Source
Code</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The C++ source code is heavily
commented in the hope that others can
understand and use the code for their own projects. If you have a
technical question about how something works, or a better idea to pass
along, you may </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://kornelix.com/contact/">contact
me</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Questions,
Problems,
Bugs</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">If you have a question or run into
a problem, you may </span><a style="font-family: sans-serif;" href="http://kornelix.com/contact/">contact
me</a><span style="font-family: sans-serif;">. If you send me any
images that work poorly, I can use these to try to improve Fotoxx. If
there is a traceback dump (zappcrash) on the screen, or error messages
in the log file <br>
<span style="font-family: monospace;">/home/<user>/.fotoxx/fotoxx.log</span><br>
please send these also. Please explain how to produce the
error if you can. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Technical
Reference
Book</span> </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">I used the book "Introduction to
Image Processing and Analysis" by Russ
and Russ, CRC Press. It is clear and concise. The following algorithms
were adapted from this book: flatten brightness distribution, noise
reduction (median smoothing, top hat), sharpen (unsharp mask,
kuwahara),
embossing. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Acknowledgements</span>
</span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<span style="font-family: sans-serif;">The programs libtiff, libpng,
liblcms, dcraw, ufraw, exiftool
have helped Fotoxx evolve much faster than otherwise possible. Of
course this also applies to GTK,
GDK, the pixbuf library, the GNU tools and libraries, and the
entire GNU / Linux ecosystem.
Thanks to those who have donated their work for translations, their
ideas for development and their time for
testing. Special thanks to the following: Dick, Jill, Jamps, Andre,
Doriano,
Curley,
Jan, Rosi. </span><br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
<br style="font-family: sans-serif;">
</body></html>
|